Purchas his pilgrimage. Or Relations of the vvorld and the religions obserued in all ages and places discouered, from the Creation vnto this present In foure partes. This first containeth a theologicall and geographicall historie of Asia, Africa, and America, with the ilands adiacent. Declaring the ancient religions before the Floud ... With briefe descriptions of the countries, nations, states, discoueries, priuate and publike customes, and the most remarkable rarities of nature, or humane industrie, in the same. By Samuel Purchas, minister at Estwood in Essex.

(Book 8)

RELATIONS OF THE DISCOVERIES, REGIONS, AND RELIGIONS, OF THE NEW WORLD. OF NEW FRANCE, VIRGI∣NIA, FLORIDA; NEW SPAINE, WITH OTHER REGIONS OF AMERICA MEXICANA, AND OF THEIR RELIGIONS. (Book 8)

THE EIGHTH BOOKE. (Book 8)

CHAP. I.

Of the new world, and why it is named AMERICA: and the West Indies: with certaine generall discourses of the Heauens, Aire, Water, and Earth, in those parts.

NOW are wee shipped for the New World, and for new Discoueries. But seeing this Inkie Sea, through which I vndertake a Pilots office to conduct my Readers, is more peaceable then that, which on the back-side of this American World, was called the a 1.1 Peaceable, by Magellane the first discouerer: it yeeldeth vs the fitter opportunitie to contempla∣tion and discourse, in such Philosophicall Subiects, as b 1.2 the best Authors haue thought worthie the first place in their Histories of these parts. Yet, before we prie into Natures mysteries, the better to know our intended voyage, let vs enquire somewhat of the names, if any notice may thence arise, of the places thereby knowne.

The New World, is the fittest name which can bee giuen to this vast and huge Tract; iustly called New, for the late discouerie by Columbus, Anno Domini 1492.: and World for the huge extension thereof; (as Master c 1.3 Hakluyt hath obserued.) A new World it may bee also called, for that World of

new and vnknowne Creatures, which the olde World neuer heard of, and heere onelie are produced: the conceit whereof moued Mercator to thinke (which I dare not thinke with him) that the great Deluge in the dayes of Noab, drowned not these parts, because M••n had not here inhabited, who with a Deluge of sinne might procure that deluge of waters.

America is a more common then fitting name, seeing Americus Vespucius the Flo∣rentine, from whom this name is deriued, was not the first Finder, not Author of that Discouerie: Columbus will challenge that, and more iustly, with d 1.4 whom, and vn∣der whom Americus made his first voyage, howsoeuer after that, hee coasled a great part of the Continent which Columbus had not seene, at the charges of the Caflilian and Portugall Kings e 1.5 But so it might more rightly be termed Cabotia, or Sebastiana, of Sebastian Cabor a Venetian, which discouered more of the Continent then they both, about the same time; first employed by f 1.6 king Henrie the seuenth of England, and after by the Catholike King.

Columbus yet, as the first Discouerer, deserueth the name, both of the Country, for the first finding, and of Modestie, for not naming it by himselfe, seeking rather ef∣fects, then names of his exploits. But leaue wee these Italian Triumviri, the Genuois, Venetian, and Florentine, to decide this question among themselues: and why now is it called the West Indies? To this g 1.7 Acosta's Exposition of the word Indies, that there∣by wee meane all those rich Countries, which are farre off, and strange, is too gene∣rall an answere, and giueth not the true cause of the name. Gomara saith, that a cer∣taine Pilot, of whom Columbus receiued his first Instructions, tooke it to be India: or else Columbus himselfe, thinking by the West to finde a neerer passage vnto the East, by reason of the Earths roundnesse, sought for Cipango, or Iapan, and Cathay, when he first discouered the Ilands of the New World. And this opinion is probable, h 1.8 both be∣cause hee named Hispaniola, Ophir, whence Salomon fetched his golde: and Sebasti∣an Cabot in the first Voyage, which hee made at the charges of King Henrie the se∣uenth, intended (as himselfe i 1.9 confesseth to finde no other Land but Cathay, and from thence to turne towards India: and the opinions of Aristotle k 1.10 and Seneca, that India was not farre from Spaine, confirmed them therein l 1.11

Now, that wee may descend from the Name, to the Nature of this new World: a World it is to see how Nature doth deflect and swarue from those grounds and prin∣ciples which the Naturallists, m 1.12 and Philosophers her forwardest Schollers haue set downe for Rules and Axiomes of Natures working. For, if wee regarde the ancient Poets, Philosophers, and Fathers, wee shall see them deceiued, and that not in few Opinions, which they seemed to haue learned in Natures Sanctuaries and inmost Clo∣sets. In the Heauens, they supposed a burning Zone; in the Earth, a Plage, plagued with scorching heats:

Vt{que} duae dextra Coelum, totidem{que} sinistra Partes crant Zonae quintaest ardentier illis, Stc—

—Totidem{que} plagae tellure premuntur Quarum quae media est non est habitabilis aestn Ntx teg it alta du••s, tetide•• inter vtram{que} locauit: Temperiem{que} dedit.

And n 1.13 a greater then Ouid:

Quin{que} toneut Coelum Zone; quaru•• vna c••rasc••, Semper sole rubens &c.

The sense whereof is, that those parts of the world next the Arctike or Antarctike Poles are not habitable, by reason of extreame colde; nor the middle part, by reason of vnreasonable heate: the two other parts temperate, and habitable.

The Philosophers accounted this no Poeme, or rather were more Poeticall them∣selues: For that which those accounted a torrid and scorched earth, these o 1.14 made to be a spacious and vnpassable Ocean, where the Starres, hote with their continuall motions, and the Sunnes thirstie steedes, wearied with their dayly iourney, might finde moisture to refresh and nourish their fiery constitutions. And therefore they di∣uided the Earth into two habitable Ilands, compassed about, and seuered in the mids with a huge Ocean: On this side whereof we are sicuated, and beyond, the Antipodes. Some Philosophers p 1.15 indeede held otherwise, but with greater errours, as Leucippus, Democritus, Epieurus, Anaximander, which multiplied worlds, according to their fan∣cie. Rawe and vncertaine were the coniectures of the q 1.16 best. Yea, those whom we reue∣rence, as better then the best Philosophers, had no lesse errours in this point. The Gol∣den-mouthed r 1.17 Doctor had a Leaden conceit that the heauens were not round, whom Theodoret is said to follow. Theophilact s 1.18 alledgeth Basil for this his assertion, nec mo∣bile esse coelum, nec circulare, that heauen is neither moueable nor round, How firme∣ly, and confidently doth Firmianus t 1.19 Lactantius both deny and deride the opinion, that there are Antipedes; But easier it was for him, with a Rhetoricall flourish, (wherein I thinke of all the Latine Fathers, he deserueth highest prize and praise) to dash this o∣pinion out of countenance, then to confute the Arguments and Allegations. vvhich hee there citeth in the Aduersaries name. But he that surpassed Lactantius no lesse in knowledge of truth, then hee was surpassed by him in smoothnesse of Stile, herein holdes equipage, and drawes in the same yoke of errour. I meane him, whose vene∣rable name no words are worthy and sufficient to Vshes in, Saint Augustine: vvho, though somewhere u 1.20 he affirmeth the Antipodes, yet elsewhere x 1.21 pressed with an Ar∣gument, how men should passe from these parts in which Adam and Noah liued, to the Antipodes, through that vnmeasurable, Ocean, he thought it easiest to deny, that, which certaine experience at that time could not so easily proue: although y 1.22 euen then some reports (but obscure and vncertaine) had beene spread abroad of sailing about Africa, as z 1.23 a little before is shewed; which must enforce that which Augustine deni∣ed. Some a 1.24 also alledge Nae••ian••en, Hierome, and Procopius, for this or the like opini∣on. But Poets, Phisosophers, Fathers, (in other things worthy our loue, for their de∣lightfull Poems; our admriation, for their profound Science; our awefull respect & reuerence, for their holy learning, and learned holinesse) herein wee bid you fare∣well: magis amica veri: as; our America, subiect to that supposed burning Zone, with clouds and armies of witnesses in her well peopled Regions can auerre, that the parts betwixt the Tropikes are both habitable and inhabited: and for the Perio••eci, b 1.25 Ant oeci, Anticthomes, and Antipodes, the worlds roundnes, and other things of like na∣ture, this America yeeldes and is sufficient proofe: and the yearely compassing the world (which the Spaniards and Portugales diuide betwixt them) makes more then euident. And let those two English Ships, the onely two of one Nation which euer haue failed, & that with admirable successe and fortune, about the Globe of the earth, tell Lactantius Ghost, whether they dropped into the clouds (as he feared) there to become new constellations, which Antiquitie would easily haue artibuted to them The Golden Hinde (which trauersed the world round, and returned a golden Hinde indeede, with her belly full of Gold and Siluer) is yet at Deptford, there resting after her long iourney, offering vp herselfe to time, her deedes to eternitie. That which beguiled the ancients, was the neerenesse of the Sunne, his direct beames, and the swift motion of the heauens, which, they coniectured, did chase away cold, and moi∣sture out of all those parts. And hardly could reasō otherwise guesse, till experience c 1.26 hath shewed the contr••••ie. For neuer is it moister in those parts, betweene the Tropikes, then when the Sunne is neerest, then causing terrible stormes and showers euery day: as if hauing drunken too much in his long and hote iourney ouer the Ocean, hee did there vomit it vp againe. Once, the people of those parts reckon it Winter, when the Astronomer would call it Summer: because of this taedious weather which euery day happening cannot but coole the aire and earth, with a maruellous temper:

and on the other side, they call the time of the Sunnes absence, Summer, because of the perpetuall cleanenesse, which continueth those six moneths; the Sunne then exhaling no more vapours then his hote stomacke can digest, which with his directer beames being drawne vppe, surcharge him with aboundance; and in the middle Re∣gion of the Ayre, by the then stronger Antiperistasis are thickened into raines, and attended with Thunders and Lightnings, proclaime daily defiance to the Earth: threatning harme, but doing good: cooling the same, after the morning-Sunne hath heated it, the showers then falling, when the Sunne threatens his hotest furie and violence.

These raines make the like inundations and ouerflowings of Riuers in America (as before wee haue obserued in Nilus, Niger, and Zaire in Africa) which breaking their bounds, and driuing the Inhabitants, sometimes to dwell on trees growing, some∣times in their carkasses framed into Boates or Canoes, therein to retire themselues, till the Waters are retired, cause a cooling and refreshing to the earth, which they couer and shield by their inundations from the Sunnes angry arrowes. As in a Lim∣becke, a strong fire eauseth aboundance of vapours to bee extracted out of hearbes, or other matter, which beeing pressed, and finding no issue, turne into water: and if the fire bee small, it exhausteth the vapours as fast as it raiseth them: So the Sunne (in his greatest strength) exhaleth these plentifull vapours, which it distilleth in sho∣wers, which in lesse heate are of lesse quantitie, and more easily consumed. With∣out the Tropikes it is contrarie: for the Sunne is drie, the Winter moist; the cause beeing the Sunnes weakenesse, not able to concoct and disperse the vapours which the moist earth, then easily yeeldeth: which in his greater force in the Summer season we see effected: The like we see in greene wood and drie on the fire.

It is no lesse worthie note, that no part of the World hath so many, so great Lakes, and Riuers: the vapours and Exhalations whereof, can not but coole and moysten the neighbouring Elements of the Ayre and the Earth. Againe, the equall length of the Dayes and Nights perpetually sharing the Time in equall portions, cau∣seth e 1.27 that the heate is not so vnequall as the Ancients dreamed. The great deawes also in the night, which are greater then wee would thinke, and comparable for wet∣ting to pretie showers, encrease the freshnesse and coolenesse.

Wee may adde heereunto, the neighbourhoode of so huge an Ocean, the pro∣prietie of the Windes, which in most places betweene the Tropikes are set, and cer∣taine, no lesse then the Sunne and Tides, and bring with them much refreshing: Fur∣ther, the situation of the Land doth further the colde not a little, in those hote Re∣gions; c 1.28 Contrariwise, neare the Poles, the continuance of the Sunne, and long da••es make it hoter then in parts nearer the Sunne; as in Russia, then in England. Yea the high ridges and toppes of some mountaines in the burning Zone, are vnsufferable for colde, alwayes hauing on them, snowe, haile, and frozen waters, the grasse withered, and the men and beasts which doe passe along that way (for heere is no conuenient dwelling) benummed with the extreamitie of colde.

—Paries cùm proximus alget,

When the Mountaines are subiect to this Degree of colde, it can not but temper the Nighbour-Regions, with some coolenesse at least. Now to all these Reasons of the Temperature, vnder the Line, and betweene the Tropikes, some adde the influ∣ence of some vnknowne Constellations. Only let this be remembred, That the former hold not equally in all parts of the Torride Zone, seeing that Nature hath diuersified her selfe in diuers places, and by naturall exceptions hath bounded and limited those gene∣rall Rules.

In some places, vnder the Line, it rayneth not at all: in other-some, those cooling Windes are wanting: neyther hath euerie Region Lakes, Riuers, or Moun∣taines to refresh them. But of these particulars we shall take better view in their pe∣culiar places. In the same space the windes are most-what Easterly, and without

the Tropikes westerly: so that the Mariners vse not to goe and returne the same way, but obseruing the generall windes, seeke to make vse thereof accordingly. The reason of this Easterly winde vnder the Zodiake f 1.29 is ascribed to the motion of the heauens: the first, moueable drawing with his owne motion the inferiour Orbes, yea, euen those elementarie, of the Fire, Aire, and (where it findes no other obsta∣cle) of the water also, as g 1.30 some suppose. But for the Aire (whereof wee now speci∣ally speake) the motion of the Comets, circularly carried in the Aire, (where also their motion is diuers, as is obserued in the Pianets) doth sufficiently proue. Without the Tropikes from 27. to 37. degrees, the windes are said to bee ••or the most part westerly, moued as some thinke by the repercusion of the Aire, here preuailing a∣gainst that force of the heauens, which mastereth it within the Tropikes: euen as we see waters, being encountred with others of more force, returne in a manner backe. This of the Easterly windes is to bee vnderstood of the Sea: for at Land, though there windes bee (as before is said) certaine and set, yet that which is the generall winde of one countrey is not generall to all: yea, in the same countrey they haue a set winde in some places for the day, and another quite contrarie bloweth in the night. h 1.31 Also, neere vnto the coasts they are more subiect to calmes in this burning Zone, then further off in the Sea, the grosser vapours which arise out of the Earth, and the diuers situation thereof being the cause of these differences. Such is the force of this naturall situation, that in some places it is strange what effects it produceth. There is in Peru a high Mountaine called Patiacaca, wherevpon Ioseph i 1.32 Acosta, saith hee ascended as well prouided as hee could, being forewarned and forearmed by men ex∣pert. But in the ascent hee and all the rest were surprised with so sodame panges of straining and casting, and some also of scowring, that the Sea-sicknes is not compa∣rable hereunto. Hee cast vp Meate, Flegme, Choller, and Bloud, and thought hee should haue cast out his heart too. Some thinking to die therewith, demanded Con∣fession: and some are said to haue lost their liues with this accident. The best is, it lafts but for a time, neither leaues any great harme behinde. And thus it fareth in all the ridge of that mountaine, which runnes aboue a thousand and fiue hundred miles, although not in all places alike. In foure different passages thereof, hee found the like difference and distemper, but not so greeuous as at Pariacaca. Hee ascribes it to the subtiltie of the Aire on those high hilles, which hee thinkes are the highest in the world: the Alpes and Pirenees, beeing, in respect hereof, as ordinarie houses, compa∣red to high Towers. It is desart, the grasse often burnt and blacke, for the space of fiue hundred leagues in length, and fiue and twenty or thirtie in bredth. There are o∣ther Desarts in Peru, called Punas, where the aire cutteth of mans life without fee∣ling: a small breath, not violent, and yet depriuing men sometimes of their liues, or else of their feete and hands, which fall off as a rotten Apple from a Tree, with∣out any paine. This seemeth to be done by the force of cold, which in the Northern and Northeasterne parts of Europe worketh like effects: some k 1.33 beeing found dead sodainely in those sledds in which they came to market, sitting therein as if they were aliue, and some loosing their ioints, by the like cause. But this makes vp the strange∣nesse of these mortall accidents, that this piercing cold aire both killeth and preser∣ueth the same body, depriuing it of life, and yet freeing it from putrefaction. A cer∣taine Dominike passing that way, fortified himselfe against the colde windes, by heaping vp the dead bodies which here he found, and reposing himselfe vnder this shelter, by these dead helpes saued his life. The cause is, Putrefaction cannot bee procreated, where her parents, Heat and Moisture are confined, and haue litle or no force. The Seas which compasse this westerne India, besides the Magellane strcits, and the Northerne vnknowne, (for the knowledge whereof our countreymen, l 1.34 Fro∣bisher, Danis, Hudson, haue aduentured their liues and fortunes, and at last haue giuen vs more hope then euer of the discouerie) are the great and spacious Ocean, which on this side is called the North Sea, and on the other side of America, is named the South Sea. The qualities thereof will better appeare, when wee come to speake of the Ilands therein.

Concerning the Land of the New-world, Acosta diuideth it into three parts, high, lowe, and meane: which hold almost the same proportion that Maister Lam∣bert m 1.35 obserueth of Kent, the first hauing some wealth, by reason of the Hauens, and Ports therein, and of the vines that grow there, but are very vnholsome: the hilles are healthfull, but not fertile, except in the Siluer bowels, and golden entralls thereof: the third is the most commodious habitation, where the soile yeeldeth Corne, Cattell, and Pasture, and the Aire, health. The principall thing that hath brought this Westerne India into such request is, the Mines and mettalls therein. The wisedome of GOD n 1.36 hath made mettalls for Physicke, for defence, for ornament, and specially for instruments in the worke which God hath imposed vpon man, that in the sweate of his browes hee should eate his bread. The industry of man hath ad∣ded another vse of mettalls, by weight or stampe, conuerting it to money, which the Philosopher o 1.37 calles the measure of all things. And a fit measure might it haue been, if the minde of man were not vnmeasurable, and vnsatiable in measuring this measure. Metalls naturally grow (as some p 1.38 obserue) in land naturally most barren: Na∣ture recompensing the want of other things with these hidden treasures: and the God of Nature enriching the Indians with this substance, otherwise barren of hu∣mane and diuine knowledge, that might as a rich Bride (but withered and defor∣med) make her finde many ••utors for loue of her portion. And would God, they which reape here these Temporall things, would sow Spirituall, & giue them q 1.39 Gold tried in the fire, and that which is as Siluer tried seuen times, I meane the Word of God sin∣cerely preached, without the drosse of their owne superstitions, And would they gaue them n••t Iron for their Gold, an Iron Age for a golden, imposing a heauy yoke of seruitude r 1.40 which hath consumed worlds of people in this New World, and made the name of CHRIST and Christian to stinke amongst them: yea, they abhorre the Sea it selfe, for bringing forth such monsters, as they thinke the Spaniards: whom for their execrable wickednes, they esteemed, not to come of humane generation, but of the froth of the Sea, and therefore call them Viracochie, or Sea-froth. That which one saith of Religion, I may apply to this American world, Peperit dinitias, & filia denora∣uit matrem. Shee brought forth rich mettals, and the Daughter hath consumed the Mother: her golde that should haue beene a price in her hand to buy wisedome, hath to these importunate chapmen sold her freedome. It is f 1.41 a Golden and Siluer Age indeede to the Spaniards, for the condition and state which hereby accreweth to them, not for the conditions and state of life, which they obserue: In the yeare 1587. When Acosta came to Peru, eleuen millions were transported in the two Fleetes of Peru and Mexico, almost one halfe thereof for the King. In the time when Pollo was Gouernour of Charcas in Peru, from the Mines of Potozi alone vvere drawne and customed euery day thirtie thousand Pezoes of Siluer, euery Pezo a∣mounting to thirteene Rialls, and a fourth part: and yet it is thought the one halfe was not customed. And at this day saith t 1.42 Acosta, the Mines of Po••ozi yeeld the King a million of Siluer, for his fift yearely, besides the wealth that growes by Quicke∣siluer, and other Prerogatiue. In the yeare 1574. were ent••ed threescore and six∣teene millions. That which is wrought in this countrey is not entred, besides prinie conueyances. How much differeth Potozi from the Mine Bebello in Spaine, one thou∣sand and fiue hundred paces deepe, admired, and that iustly, by u 1.43 Antiquitie, for yeel∣ding three hundred pounds weight of Siluer a day to Hannibal, but with much more charges, by reason, of the intolerable paines in drawing out the waters, which there∣in flowed, and in Potozi are wanting? But what will not this vnlouely loue of money doe? hereby man encountreth the vast Ocean, passeth the farthest and most contrarie climates, drowneth Bootes and all his teame, burieth himselfe in the bowels of the earth, raiseth new heauens, and seeketh his heauen, where hee cannot see heauen, or light, neere the bottomelesse bottomes of Hell: remoueth Fountaines, and Mountaines, re∣duceth a new Chaos, in the confusion of Elements; the Earths entralls beeing tw∣ored in the Aire, and sacrificed to his hoter brother in fierie purgations, the Aire fil∣ling the darke hollowes and hells which it cannot see, the waters forced out of those

possessions wherein they challenged succession and inheritance after the decease and remouing of the earth: all filled with darknes, to bring to light those metalls, which possessing the possessors, depriue them of the highest light, and brand them for lowest darknes. Precious Perils, x 1.44 where so many bodies are pined, so many soules endangered, so much good lost for goods, and man, for price, setteth himselfe at the worst and basest price of all that he hath. How happy and golden was the out∣ward state of these Indians, before they accounted gold any part of their happinesse, and found it the cause of their ruine? Their golde is found either in Graines which they call Pippins, because they are like the Pippins or Seedes of Melons; which is pure and hath no neede of melting: or in powder, which is found in Riuers, mixed with the soile and sand•• for which Tagus, Pactolus, and Ganges haue beene famous: or else in stone, being •••• veine that groweth and engendreth, intermixing it selfe vvith the stones •••• Toose Pippins, or peeces of pure golde, found among the Rockes or Hils, are sometimes very great. P. Martyr y 1.45 telles of one that weighed three thousand three hundred and ten Pizos, and was with much people and treasure drowned, in the ship called Boadill•••• being therewith surcharged, in the returne homewards: A fit Em∣bleme for Christians, which when they will z 1.46 lade themselues with this thick clay, * 1.47 drowne the soule in perdition and de ••ruction. The greatest quantitie is drawne at the Indies in the poulder-gold. The gold in stone is drawne out of the mines or pits, with great dif∣ficultie. They rofine pouldred golde in basens, washing it in many waters, vntill the sand fall from it, and the golde, as most heauy, remaineth in the bottome. They haue other meanes of refining it with Quick-siluer and strong Waters. In the Fleete 1585. the declaration of the Firmeland was twelue Cassons or Chests, which was so many hundreth weights of gold: besides one thousand fiftie and six Mares from New Spaine, which was for the King onely, not mentioning that which came for Mar∣chants, and priuate men.

For the Siluer: the second place is giuen to it among metalls, because next to golde it is the most durable, and lesse endamaged by the fire, and in the sound and colour, passeth the gold. The Mines thereof are commonly in Mountaines & Rockes, seldome in Plaines, and Champaines. Sometimes they finde it a 1.48 straggling, in peeces, not holding any continuing Veine: sometimes it is fixed, and spreadeth it selfe in depth and length like to great branches, b 1.49 and armes of Trees. Strange it is that in some places the fire, kindled with blowing of bellowes, will not serue to refine the Siluer, but they vse furnaces called Guayras, set in such places, where the winde continually bloweth. c 1.50 Thus in Peru, the mines of Porco sloupe to artificiall fires, which those of Potozi scorne and contemne. Potozi is a drie, colde, barren, and vnpleasant soile, if the rich Mines did not more then supply all those defectes, and make it a plentifull both habitation and Mart; not fearing the heauens disasters, the cold Aire, the frowning Earth, the fell showers, so long as the Siluer hooke can be sufficient attractiue for forraine store. Hence it is, that they feele no want of store, and yet haue no store but of want; the Mines excepted, which (I know not how) are both store and want, according as mens mindes in a second refining can digest and dispose them. They which worke in the Mines see no sunne nor light, by absence where of they finde both extreme cold, and dreadfull darknes, and an aire so vn∣holsome, as makes them no lesse sicke, then men tosled at Sea. They breake the me∣tall with hammers, and split it by force, and then carry it vp on their shoulders, by Ladders made of Neates Leather twisted like peeces of wood, which are cros∣sed with staues of wood: at the end of one Ladder begins another with seates of wood betweene, to rest them. They mount three and three. Hee that goes before carries a Candle tied to his thumbe: they haue their metall tied in a cloth like a scrip, each man bearing about fiftie pound weight, and that commonly aboue a hundred and fiftie d 1.51 stades in height. The most vsuall manner of refining in these times is by Quicksiluer: and therefore there are not now aboue two thousand Guayras in Po∣tozi, which haue beene in times past six thousand: a pleasant fight to such, whose

darkned conceits make their heauen vpon Earth, to see such a resemblance of the Starrie heauen in the night, dispersing such a manifold light. The siluer swamme on the topp, the other mettalls vnder, and the drosse in the bottome. The Quick∣siluer e 1.52 is admired for his naturall properties, that beeing a metall it is Liquid (not by Art as other metalls, or by expense, in which respect the other may no lesse bee called Quick-siluer, but) by it owne Nature: and beeing a liquor, is more heauie then those which haue a Naturall subsistence; this subsisting and sinking to the bot∣tome, when the other swimme aboue it. Gold onely challengeth presieminence, if Pli∣nie f 1.53 be beleeued. Nothing in this admirable liquor is more to be admired, then the na∣turall loue, and sympathie which it hath to Gold: as appeareth in such, as for the French disease vse ointments of this composition g 1.54 if they weare a Gold Ring in their mouth, it attracteth this quicke and willing metall to it, from the Veines and inward parts, into which it had secretly and dangerously conueyed it selfe: the Ring plucked out of the mouth is of a Siluer complexion, which mutuall copulation nothing but fire can diuorce, or restore the same to the former colour. In their gildings of curious workes, it hath beene obserued that the workemen which vse Quick-siluer to that purpose, to preuent the secret and venemous exhalations thereof, haue swallowed a double duckat of Gold rolled vp, which drawes that fume of this liquor which enters in at the eares, eyes, nose, and mouth, vnto it in the stomach. h 1.55 And for this fume Lem∣nius tells, that the Gold-Smithes hanging a cloth ouer the place where they Guild, which receiueth the fume of the Quicksiluer, finde that smoke in the cloth; recoue∣ring againe his former nature in drops of that Liquid metall Venenum rerum omnium est saith Plinie; it is a venome to all things, and yet a greater venome is in the mouth of man. I meane not that i 1.56 poison of Aspes under the lips of many, as the Prophet spea∣keth in a spirituall sense, but euen in naturall operation, the Spettle of man enueno∣meth, with a stronger poison, this poison of Quick-siluer, and eithe•• killerh it, k 1.57 or at least depriueth it of the motion and quicknes, and maketh it pliant to medicines and ointments. Yea, some l 1.58 report that this Spettle of man, arising of secret vapours out of the body, as infectious exhalations out of vnholsome Lakes, especially when a man is fasting, killeth Scorpions, and other venemous beasts, or at least doth much hurt them. Quick-siluer disdaineth other metalls, onely it is thus rauished with gold, and not a little affected to siluer, for the refining of which, it is principally in vse: it corrupteth, forceth, consumeth, and fleeth the rest, as much as may be, and there∣fore they vse to keepe it in Earthen Vessels, bladders, skinnes, quills, and such vn∣ctucus receptacles. It hath pierced and eaten through the bodies of men, and hath beene found in their graues. Quick-siluer is found in a kinde of Stone, which doth likewise yeeld Vermillion. At Amador de Cabrera is such a Stone, or Rocke, foure∣score yards long, fortie broad, interlaced with Quick-siluer, with many pitts in it, threescore Stades deepe, and is able to receiue three hundred workemen: it is valu∣ed worth a million of Gold. From the mines of Guancauilca, they draw yearely eight thousand quintals of Quick-siluer, As for the manner of resining siluer, by Quicke∣siluer, their Engines and Milles, with the triall of their metall, I referre the Reader to m 1.59 Acosta. The Emeralds also grow in Stones like Chrystall, and there are many of them in the Indies. But of these and other gemmes it would be too taedious to write. Let vs come to the Men, Beasts, Fowles, and Plants of this New World.

CHAP. II.

Of the first knowledge, habitation, and discoueries of the New world, and the rare Creatures therein found, Beasts, Birds Trees, Hearbs, and Seeds.

AFter these generall Discourses of the Americans, some other of like nature I hold not vnmeete to be handled, before wee come to the parti∣cular Regions: and first of the men, whether the Ancients had any knowledge of them: how men first came into these parts, and of the first discoueries in the former Age. Concerning the first knowledge of these parts, it may iustly be a question whether the Ancients euer heard thereof. For to say nothing of that opinion, that the torrid Zone was not ha∣bitable in the opinion of the most, as wee haue shewed in the former Chapter: the allegations a 1.60 are not such as can force vs to beleeue that, whereto by great Authours they are alledged, Senceas b 1.61 Prophecie is little to the purpose: New-worlds (saith he) shall be in the last Ages discouered, and Thule * 1.62 shall not bee any longer the fur∣thest of N••tions. But all that Chorus seemes to a diligent Reader to in: end nothing else, then to describe the vsuall affects, and effects of shipping and Nauigation; agreeing to that Argo-Argument of the Tragedie, wherein Iason in that famous Argo sailing to Col••so, had obtained Medea's loue, which he vnkindly required. And had the Poet intended these. Westerne Dis∣coueries, he would neuer haue said

Nec sit terris Vltima Thule: but Nec sit tellus Vltima Gades,

as Boterus c 1.63 obserued. For the American Discoueries haue not beene by the way of Ise∣land, and Northward, but Southwestward: and this appeareth by the Verses before,

Nunc tam cessit Pontus & omnes, Pat itur leges.— Qualibet altum cymba pererrat: Nilqua fuer at, sede, reliquit Perui••s orbis, Indus gelidum Potat Araxem, Albin Persae Rhenum{que} bibunt; venient annis Secula seris, quibus Oceanus Vinc••la rerum laxet,

As for Plato's d 1.64 Atlantis, and Tertullians e 1.65 Aeon borrowed of him. Acosta f 1.66 alled∣geth diuers Platonikes, Proclus, Porphyrie, and Origen, which interpret Plato g 1.67 alter a my: ••••••all sense; and proueth by the words of Plato himselfe, that they can be no true Historie. Out of Platarch & other Histories of the Carthaginian, Phaenician, and Tyrrne∣man Nauigations they haue coniectures, but very vncertaine, & obscure: & those things, which Diodorus h 1.68 reports of that Iland, agree nothing to the New-world which had not attained to that ciuilitie he there mentioneth, before the Spaniards arriuall. And by his discourse it seemes rather to be some of the Ilands of Africa, then America, if the Historie bee true Neither i 1.69 could such long voyages so farre off from any land bee performed without the helpe of the Compasse, which was first found thirteene hundred yeares after Christ, by Iobn Goia of Melsi, according to that Verse of Panor∣mitan. k 1.70 Prima dedit nastis vsum Magnetis l 1.71 Amalphis. Gomara m 1.72 citeth Blondus, and Maffaus, G••ardus, witnesses of this Melfian inuention, saue that hee calles him not Iohn, as Ortelius doth, but Flauius di Malphi. And in the tempestes, which happe∣ned

among the ancients, n 1.73 it seemes that for want of this skill, they wandered verie vncertaine, but as the Sunne or Starres, by returne of their desired light, after the tem∣pests ended, directed them. Yet I will not say, but that in those times of olde, some Ships might come sometime by casualtie into those parts, o 1.74 but rather forced by wea∣ther, then directed by skill; and thus it is likely that some parts of America haue beene peopled. This I much doubt; whether their Science in Nauigation was such, as that they would voluntarily aduenture, and could happily effect, this voyage to and from the West Indies. The most probable Historie in this kinde is (in my minde) that of p 1.75 Madoc ap Owen Gwyneth, who by reason of ciuill contentions, left his Coun∣trie of Wales, seeking aduentures by Sea, and leauing the coast of Ireland North, came to a land vnknowne, where hee saw many strange things.

This by D. Powell, and Mr. Humfrey Floyd, is thought to bee the Continent of the new world, confirmed here in by the speech of Muteaeuma, professing his progenitors to be strangers; and so were al the Mexicanes to those parts, as the Historie in the eighth Chapter following will shew: and by the vse of certaine Welsh words which q 1.76 Da∣nid Ingram obserued in his trauell through those parts. The Historie addeth that hee left certaine of his people there, and comming home for more people, returned thi∣ther with ten saile. Howsoeuer, it is certaine that the prints of this Brittish expe∣dition are in manner worne out, and no signe thereof was found by the Spaniards: Onely r 1.77 they vsed a Crosse in Cumaha: in the Iland of Acuzamil, the same was wor∣shipped: but without any memory of Christ, or any thing fauouring that way: and might as well be there without any Christians erecting, as those Crosses vvhich in the former booke wee haue shewed, were in the Temple of Serapis, at Alexan∣dria. As for Mutezuma beeing a stranger, it might bee so, and yet his proge∣nitours of some other parts of America. And the words of Welsh are * 1.78 very few, which, as it happens in any other language, might by some chance come to passe. But if any bee desirous to beleeue, that this Madoc peopled the Continent or I∣land of America, rather then the Terceras, or some of the African Ilands, I will not hinder: nor will I runne too much out of compasse, in pleading for the Compasse, as which onely can direct in such spacious Seas. Yet of this opinion is that learned and iudicious Authour, Iosephus Acosta, who diligently discussing this question, How men passed first to the Indies; largely, and learnedly contendeth, that they came not thither purposely, if they came by Sea, but by distresse of weather; and yet findes no lesse difficultie, (that way) in the transporting beastes; especially wilde, and vnprofitable beastes, which it is not like any would take into Ship with them, much lesse conuay them ouer so huge an Ocean. At last he concludeth, that although some might arriue there by ship-wracke, and tempest of weather, yet is it most likely that the first inhabitants (descended of Adam and Noah, of which one s 1.79 bloud God hath made all mankinde, to dwell on all the face of the Earth, and hath assigned the bounds of their habitation) passed thither by some place where the Con∣tinent of our world ioineth with America: or the Ilands thereof, are found fit me∣diatours for this passage, beeing not farre distant from the land. t 1.80 And this on the North parts of the world, (where they place that strait of Anian, not yet certainely discouered) may bee so: besides that, on the South, men might passe from the coasts of Malacca to Iaua, and so to the South Continent, and from thence by the Magellane streights into America. Gronland is thought also, by some, to be the same Continent with Estotiland on the North. Some Negro's by force of tempest, it is probable, haue passed hither, because in Careca some haue beene found, betweene S. Martha, and Cartagena. Of whom Iohn u 1.81 di Castellanos writeth.

Son todos ellos Negros come cueruos, &c. they are all (saith hee) as blacke as Ra∣uens. And of this minde is Botero. x 1.82 and those French Worthies, Du Bartas, and Phi∣lip Morney. It is not likely that the beasts could otherwise passe, but by the Continent, or by Ilands not farre off from the Continent, or from one another. Here also ari∣seth another question, how these beastes could passe from the parts of the knowne

world, where none such are knowne: to which it may be answered, That GOD hath appointed to euery Creature his peculiar nature, and a naturall instinct, to liue in places most agreeing to his nature: as euen in our world, Nonomnis fert omnia tellus: Euery Countrey hath not all Creatures: the Elephant, Rhinoceros, Riuer-Horse, Crocodile, Camell, Camelopardalis, and others, are not ordinarily, and naturally in Europe: nor the Zebra in Asia or Europe: and the like may bee said of many other Creatures.

Now, as in the Arke it selfe, (the Cradle of man, and stall of bests,) wee must not onely obserue Nature and Art, for the making and mannaging thereof, but a higher and more powerfull hand: euen so in dispensing the Creatures which came from thence, they chole places by their owne naturall instinct, and man disposed, by his in∣dustry, according as he had vse of them; but most of all, the secret and mighty prouidence of God co-working in those works of Nature and Industry, and (in likelihood) infusing some more speciall & extraordinary instinct in that replenishing & refurnishing of the world, y 1.83 Assigning their seasons and bounds of habitation, hath thus diuersified his works, according to the diuersities of places, and sorted out to each Country their peculiar cre∣atures. As for the comming by shippe, it is for the beasts improbable, for the men (by any great numbers, or of any set purpose) vnlikely, seeing in all America they had no shipping, but their Canoes. The beasts also haue not beene found in the Ilands, which are in the Continent. And if any hereunto will adde a supposition, that there might be some Ilands or Parts of the Continent in times past, which is now swallowed by the mercilesse Ocean, so that then there might bee a way, which now is bu••ied in the waues: (as some z 1.84 suppose) of Plato's Atlantis, placed at the mouth of the Streits, or Hercules Pillars, which yet they would haue to bee America, and some a 1.85 of the Sea betwixt Douer and Callais, once one firme Land (as they doe imagine) I list not to contradict them. b 1.86

As for the Indians owne report of their beginnings, which some ascribe to a foun∣taine, others to a Lake, others to a Caue, or what other opinion they conceiue there∣of, wee shall more fitly obserue in their proper places, discoursing of their Religions and Opinions: Now for the first certaine Discouerie of this New World, the World generally ascribeth it to Columbus, and worthily: but Columbus himselfe is sayd to haue receiued his instructions from another.

This Historie is thus related by Gomara: A certaine Carauell, sayling in the Ocean, by a strong East winde long continuing, was carried to a Land vnknowne, which was not expressed in the Mappes and Cardes. It was much longer in returning, then in going; and arriuing, had none left aliue but the Pilot, and three or foure mariners, the rest being dead of famine and other extremities; of which also the remnant perished in few dayes, leauing to c 1.87 Columbus (then the Pilots host) their Papers, and some grounds of this Discouerie. The time, place, countrey, and name of the man is vncertaine: Some esteeme this Pilote an Andaluzian, and that hee traded at Maders, when this be∣fell him: some, a Biscaine, and that his traffike was in England and France; and some, a Portugall, that traded at the Mina: some say he arriued in Portugall; others at Ma∣dera, or at one of the Azores: all agree that he died in the house of Christopher Colum∣bus. It is most likely at Madera. This relation of Gomara (as it hath no witnesses to prooue it, the whole company being dead; nor any good circumstances, so) Benzo d 1.88 plainely affirmeth it to be a fable, and a Spanish tricke, enuying a foreiner and Itali∣an that glory to be the first finder of the Indies. Hee citeth out of Peter Martyr an o∣ther cause that moued Columbus to this Discouerie, and not that Pilotes Papers or Re∣ports e 1.89 . For, hee being a mariner, vsed to the Sea from his youth, and sayling from Cales to Portugall, obserued, that at certaine seasons of the yeare, the Windes v∣sed to blowe from the West, whch continewed in that manner a long time together. And deeming that they came from some coast beyond the Sea, hee busied his minde so much heer with, that hee resolued to make some triall and proofe thereof. When he was now forty yeres old, he propounded his purpose to the Senate of Genua, vnder∣taking, if they would lend him shippes, hee would find a way by the west vnto the I∣lands

lands of Spices. But they reiected it as a Dreame.

Columbus frustrate of his hopes at Genua, yet leaues not his resolution, but goeth to Portugall, and communicates this matter with Alphonsus King of Portugall: but finding no entertainement to his suites, sen ••eth his brother Bartholomsew Columbus to King Henrie the seuenth of England, to solicite him in the matter, whiles himselfe pas∣sed into Spaine, to implore the aide of the Castilians herein.

Bartholomew f 1.90 vnhappily lighted on Pirats by the way, which robbing him and his company, lorced him to s••••laine himselfe with making of Sea-Cardes. And hauing got∣ten some what about him, presents a Mappe of the World to King Henrie, with his brothers offer o••: Discouerie: which the King gladly accepted, and lent to call him in∣to England. But he had sped of his suite before in Spaine, and by the King and Queene was employed according to his request. For comming g 1.91 from Lisbone to Palos di Mo∣guer, and there conferring with Martin Alonso Pinzon, an expert Pilote, and Frier Io.Perez a good Cosinographer, he was counselled to acquaint with these his proiects, the Dukes of Medma Sidoma, and of Medina Caeli: which yeelding him no credit, the F••ier counseiled him to goe to the Court, and wrote in his behalfe to F••er Fernand di Telavera the Queenes Confessor,.Christopher Columbus came to the Court of Castile, An.1486, and found cold welcome to his s••te, at the hands of the King and Queene then busied with hote warres in Granada, whence they expelled the Moores. And thus remained he in contempt, as a man meanly clothed, without other Patrou then a poore F••er, saue that Alonso di Quintaniglia gaue him his diet, who also at last pro∣cured him audience with the Archbishop of Toledo, by whose mediation hee was brought before the King and Queene, who gaue him fauourable countenance, and promised to dispatch him, when they had ended the warres of Granada, which also they performed. Thus Columbus is set forth with three Caruells at the Kings charges, who because his treasure was then spent in the warres, borrowed sixeteene thousand ducats of Lewes de Sanct' Angelo: and on friday the third day of August, in the yeere of our Lord 1492. set saile for Gomera, one of the Canarie Iland, and hauing there re∣freshed himselfe, followed his Discouerie. After many dayes hee incountred with that herby Sea (whereof before wee haue h 1.92 spoken) which not a little amated and ama∣zed the Spaniards, and had caused their i 1.93 returne, had not the sight of some Birds pro∣mised him land not fa••••e off.

But the Spaui••rds, after three and thirtie dayes sayling, desperate of successe, muti∣ned. and threatned to call Columbus into the Sea: k 1.94 disdaining much, that a stranger, a Ge••uo••s had so abused them. But he pacifying their enraged courages with milde speaches, and gentle promises, on the eleuenth day of October l 1.95 one Roderigo di Tri∣ana••: spied and cried, Land, Land; the best musicke that might be, especially to Co∣lumbus, who to sa••i, fie the Spaniards importunity, had promised the day before, that if no land appeared in three days, he would returne. m 1.96 One, the night before, had descri∣ed Fire, which kindled in him some hope of great reward at the Kings hand, when hee returned into Spaine, but being herein frustrate, he burnt into such a flame, as that it consumed both Humanitie and Christianitie in him, and in the agonie of Indignation made him ieau•• his Countrey, and ••aith, and reuolt to the Moores. B••t thee, Colum∣bus, how can I but remember? but loue? but admire? Sweetly may those bones rest, sometimes the Pillars of that Temple, where so diuine a Spirite resided; which neyther want of former example, nor publike discouragements of domesticall and forren states, nor priuate insultations of prowd Spaniards, nor length of time (which vsually deuou∣reth the best resolutions) nor the vnequall Plaines of huge vnknowne Seas, nor gras∣sie fields in Neptunes lappe, nor importunate whisperings, murmurings, threatnings of ••uraged companions, could daunt: O name Colon n 1.97 , worthy to bee named vn∣to the worlds end, which to the worlds end hast conducted Colonies; or may I call thee Colombo for thy Doue-like simplicitie and patience? the tru. Colouna or Pillar, whereon our knowledge of this new world is founded, the true Christopher, which with more then Giant-like force and fortitude hast carried Christ his name and Religion, through vnknowne Seas, to vnknowne lands: which wee hope and pray, that it may be more

refined, and reformed, then Popish superstition, and Spanish pride will yet suffer. Now let the Ancients no longer mention Neptune, or Mines, or Erythras, or Danaus, to all which, diuers Authors diuersly ascribe the invention of Navigation; Mysians, Troy∣ans, Tyrians vaile your bonnets, strike your toppe-sailes to this Indian-Admirall, that deserveth the top-saile indeede, by aspiring to the top that Sayling could aime at, in discouering an other World. Let Spaniards, French, English, and Dutch resound thy name, or his name rather, * 1.98 whose name, who can tell? that would acquaint thee and the world by thee, with newes of a New World. But lest we drowne our selues in this Sea of Extasie and Admiration, let vs go on shore with Columbus in his new discoue∣red Iland. And first me thinkes I see the Spaniards, yesterday in mutiny, now as farre distracted in contrary passions; some gazing with greedie eies on the desired Land; some with teares of iny, not able to see that, which the ioy of seeing made them not to see: others embracing, and almost adoring Columbus, who brought them to that sight: some also with secret repinings enuying that glorie to a stranger; but biting in their bi∣ting envie, and making shew of glee and gladnesse: all new awaked out of a long trance, into which that stepmother Ocean, with dangers, doubts, dreads, despaires had deiected them, revived now by the sight of their Mother Earth, from whome in vnknowne armes they had beene so long weaned and detained. On shore they goe, and felling a tree, make a Crosse thereof, which they erected on the shore, and take possession of that New World in the name of the Catholike Kings. What worldly ioy is not mixed with some disastre? their Admirall heere splitteth on a rocke, but the men are saued by the help of the other shippes. This fell out in the North part of Hispaniola (so named by them, and by the Inhabitants called Haytin) where they had first sight of Inhabitants, which seeing these strangers, ranne all away into the mountaines. One woman the Spaniards got, whom they vsed kindely, and gaue her meat, drinke, and clothes, and so let her goe. She declaring to her people the liberalitie of this new people, easily perswaded them to come in troupes to the shippes, thinking the Spaniards to be some diuine Nation, sent thither from Heauen. They had before taken them for the Caribes, which are certaine Caniballs, which vsed inhumane huntings for humane game, to take men for to eate them: Children likewise, which they gelded to haue them more fatte, and then to deuoure them: the women they are not, but vsed them for procreation, and if they were old, for other seruices. The Ilanders had no other defence against them but the wooddy hilles, and swiftest heeles: to which they betooke them at the Spaniards arriuall, thinking them (as is said) to be Caniballs. And such haue they since proued, in effect, q 1.99 not leauing of 3 milions of people which here they found, 200:& that long since.

The Deuill had forewarned them of this by Oracle r 1.100 , that a bearded Nation should spoile their Images, and spill the bloud of their children, as we shall see in the particu∣lar Tractate of Hispaniola. Nothing more pleased the Spaniards, then the golde, which the naked Inhabitants exchanged with them, for bells, glasses, points, and other trifles. Columbus obtained leaue of Guacanarillus, the Cacike or King, to build a fort s 1.101 , in which he left eight and thirtie Spaniards, and taking with him six Indians, returned to Spaine, where he was ••••••••••ly welcomed of the King and Queene. The Pope t 1.102 (then a Spaniard, Alexander the ••••••••ring of this, diuided the World, by his Bull, betwixt the Portu∣gals and Spaniards. The Bull is become an Vnicorne, & his two horns are now growne into one: in the vniting of the two states. Columbus, graced with the title of Admirall, and enriched with the tenths of the Spanish gaines in the Indies, is sent a second time, with his brother Bartholomew, who was made Adelant ado or Deputy of Hispaniola. They had allowed them for this Expedition, small and great, seuenteen saile. The first I∣land he espied in his second nauigation, hee called Desseada or Desired, because hee had longed to see land. Arriuing in Hispaniola, hee found the Spaniards which hee had left there, that they were now not left, nor any where to be found. The Indians had murdred them & laid the blame on the Spanish insolencies. He then discouered Cuba & Iamaica, with the neighbor-isles. Returning to Hispaniola, he found his brother & the Spaniards in dissention and separation, and punishing the Authors of sedition, returned home. In the yeere of our Lord, one thousand foure hundred ninety seuen, hee made his third

voyage, and then touched on the Continent; discouered Cubagua, Pauia, and Cumans.

But Koldanus Ximenius raising a rebellion, and accusing the Columbi to the King, effected that Bovadilla was sent Gouernor into Hispaniola, who sent the two brethren bound as prisoners to Spaine: vnworthy recompence of the worthy attempts of these Worthies. The King sreeth them, and employeth Christopher in a fourth voyage, 1502: in which Ovandus the Gouernour forbade Columbus the first finder to land on Hispa∣niola. u 1.103 He then discouered Guanaxa, Higuera, Fondura, Veragua, Vraba, and lear∣ned newes (as some say) of the South Sea. He staied at Iamaica to repaire his fleet, where some of his men were sicke, and they which were sound in bodie, were more then sicke, f••oward and •••••••••••• in behauiour, and many left him. Vpon this occasion the Ilan∣ders also for sooke him, and brought in no victuall. Herewith Columbus, neither able to abide, nor depart, was driuen to his shifts, no lesse admirable for suttletie then re∣solution. x 1.104 He told the Ilanders, that if they did not bring him in prouision, the Diuine Anger would consume them, a signe whereof they should see in the darkened face of the Moone within two dayes. At that time he knew the Moone would be eclip∣sed, which the simple Ianders seeing, with feare and griefe humbled themselues to him, and offered themselues ready to all kinde and duetifull Offices. At last, returning into Spaine, he there died, Anno 1506. His body was buried at Siuill in the Temple of the Carthusians. This was the end (if euer there can be end) of Columbus. Pinzonus y 1.105 one of Columbus his companions, by his example invited, made new Discouer••e•••••• and Vespucius, and Cabota, and many other, euery day making new searches and planta∣tions, till the world at last is come to the knowledge of this New world almost wholy. The particulars will more fitly appeare in our particular relations of each countrey.

After this discourse of the men in those parts, let vs take some generall view of the o∣ther creatures, especially such as are more generally disperst through the Indies. I haue before noted, that America had very few of such creatures as Europe yeeldeth, vntill they were transported thither: and therefore they haue no Indian names for them, z 1.106 but those which the Spaniards that brought them, giue vnto them: as horse, kine, and such like. They haue lions, but not like in greatnesse, fiercenesse, nor colour to those of A∣frica. They haue beares in great aboundance, except on the North parts. They haue store of deere, bores, foxes, and tygres, which (as in Congo) are more cruell to the Naturalls then to the Spaniards. These beasts were not found in the Ilands, but in the Continent; and yet now in those Ilands, kine are multiplied and growne wilde, with∣out other owner then such as first can kill them: a 1.107 the dogges likewise march by troups, and endamage the cattell no lesse then wolues. The lions are grey, & vse to clime trees: the Indians hunt and kill them b 1.108 . The beares and tigres are like those in other parts but not so many. Apes and Monkies they haue of many kinds & those admirably pleasing in their apish tricks & imitations, seeming to proceed from Reason. A souldier leuelling at one of them to shoot him, the sily beast died not vnreuenged, but hurling a stone as the other aimed at him, depriued the souldier of his eie, and lost his owne life. They haue monkies with long beards. Acosta c 1.109 tells of one monky that would goe to the Taucrne at his masters sending, and carrying the pot in one hand, and mony in the other, would not by any meanes depart with his mony, till he had his pot filled with wine: and retur∣ning home, would pelt the boies with stones, and yet haue care to carry his wine home safe to his master, neither touching it himselfe til some were giuen him, nor suffering o∣ther. Sheep haue much increased, and by good husbandrie, in that plentie of pasture, would be a great commodity: but in the Ilands the wild dogs destroy them: and there∣fore they that kill these dogs, are rewarded for it, as they which kill wolues in Spaine. The dogs d 1.110 which the Indians had before, were snowted like foxes; they fatted them to eate, and kept them also for pleasure: but they could not barke: Such dogges (we haue shewed) are in Congo. Their stagges e 1.111 and deere in the south parts of America, haue no hornes. They haue store of conies. The Armadilla is an admirable creature, of which there be diuers kinds: they resemble a* barded horse, seeming to be armed all ouer, and that as if it were rather by artificiall plates, opening & shutting, then naturall scales: it digges vp the earth as couics and moules.

The hogs f 1.112 of the Indies haue their nauill vpon the ridge of their backes. They goe in heards together, and assaile men, hauing sharp talons, like rasors, and hunt their hun∣ters vp the ••ops of trees, whence they easily kill these enraged Sainos (so they call them) biting the tree for anger. The Dantes resemble smal kine, & are defended by the hardnes of their hides. The Vicugne somewhat resembleth a goate, but is greater: they sheare them, and of their fleeces make rugges and couerings, and stufies. In the stomacke and belly of this beast is found the Bezaar-stone•• somtimes one alone, sometimes, two, three, or foure: the colour of which is blacke, or grey, or greene, or otherwise: it is accounted soueraigne against poisons & venomous diseases. It is found in diue••s sorts of beasts but all chew the cud, & commonly feed vpon the snow and rocks. The Indian sheep they cal Lama, it is a beast of great profit, not only for food and raiment, but also for carriage of burthens: they are bigger then sheep, & lesse then calues: they will beare 150.li.weight. In some places they call them Amidas, and vse them to greater burthens. Hulderike Schmidel g 1.113 affirms, that he living in the parts about the riuer of Plate, being hurt on his leg, rode 40 leagues vpon one of them. They wil grow resty, & will lie down with their burthen, no stripes nor death able to asswage their moode; only good words, and faire dealing, with gentle intreaty, sometimes diuers houres together, can preuaile.

Of towles they haue many kinds which we haue, as partriges, turtles, pigeons, stock∣doues, quailes, salcons, herons, eagles: and a world of Parrots, which in some places flee by flocks, as pigeons. There are also Estriges. Hens they had before the Spaniards ariued. They haue other kinds peculiar: The Tomin•••••• h 1.114 is the least in quantitie, the greatest for admiration and wonder. I haue oft times doubted (saith Acosta) seeing them flie, whe∣ther they were Bees or Butter-flies; but in truth they are birds. Theuet i 1.115 and Lerius call it Gonambuch, or Govanbuch. They affirme th••t it yeelds nothing in sweetnes of Note to the Nightingale, and yet is not bigger then a Beetle or Drone-bee: One would say, Voxes, praetereanihil: but so could not any truly say, for euen otherwise is it almost mi∣raculous: Nature making this little shop her great store-house of wonder, and astonish∣ment, and shewing k 1.116 her greatest greatnes••in the least instruments. The Prouinciall of the Iesuites in Brasill, affirmeth, as Clusius l 1.117 testifies, that the Brasilians called it Ourissia, which signifieth the Sun-beame, and that it was procreated of a flie; and that he had seen one, partly a bird, and partly a flie: first coloured blacke, then ash-coloured, then rose∣coloured, then red: and lastly, the head set against the Sun, to resemble all colors, in most admired varietie. It flieth so swift (saith m 1.118 Ouiedo) that the wings cannot be seen. It hath a nest proportionable. I haue seene (saith he) one of those birds, together with her nest, put into the scales, wherein they vse to weigh gold, and both weighed but two tomin••, that is, 24 graines. Happly it is therefore calle. Tomineios, as weighing one Tomin. The feathers are beautified with yellow, green, & other colours: the mouth like the eie of a needle. It liueth on n 1.119 deaw, and the iuice of hearbs, but sitteth not on the rose. The fea∣thers, specially of the necke and breasts, are in great request for those feather-pictures, or portraitures, which the Indians make cunningly and artificially with these naturall fea∣thers, placing the same in place and proportion, beyond all admiration: The Indian Battes should not flee your light, and are for their raritie worthy consideration, but that we have before spoken somewhat of them.

They haue o 1.120 birdes called Condores, of exceeding greatnesse and force, that will o∣pen a sheepe, and a whole calfe, and eate the same. They haue aboundance of birds, in beautie of their feathers farre surpassing all in Europe, wherewith the skilfull Indians will perfectly represent in feathers, whatsoeuer they see drawne with the Pensill. A fi∣gure of Saint Francis, made of feathers, was presented to Pope Sixtus Quintus, whose eie could not discerne them to be naturall colours, but thought them pencill-worke, til he made triall with his fingers. The Indians vsed them for the ornaments of their Kings and Temples. Some birds there are of rich commoditie, onely by their dung. In some Ilands ioyning to Peru, the mountaines are all white, like snowe, which is nothing but heapes of dung of certaine Sea-fowle which frequent those places. It riseth many elles, yea many launces in height, and is fetched thence in boates, to hearten the earth, which hereby is exceeding fertile.

To adde somewhat of the Indian Plants, and Trees. p 1.121 Mangle is the name of a tree, which multiplieth it selfe into a wood (as before we haue obserued of it) the bran∣ches descending and taking roote in the earth. The Plane tree of India hath leaues sufficient to couer a man from the foote to the head: but these, the Coco, and other In∣dian trees, are in the East Indies also, and there wee haue mentioned them. Caecaeo is a fruit little lesse their Almonds, which the Indians vse for money, and make thereof a drinke, holden amongst them in high regarde. They haue a kinde of Apples q 1.122 called Ananas, exceeding pleasant in colour and taste, and very wholesome, which yet haue force to eate yron, like aqua fortis. The r 1.123 Mamayes, Guayaues and Paltos bee the In∣dian Peaches, Apples, and Peares. But it would be a wearie wildernesse to the Reader, to bring him into such an Indian Orchard, where hee might reade of such varietie of Fruits, but (like Tantalus) can taste none: or to present you with a garden of their trees, which beare flowers without other fruit, as the Floripondio, which all the yeare long beareth flowers, sweet, like a Lillie, but greater: the Volosuch••l, which beareth a flower like to the forme of the heart, and others, which I omit: The flower of the Sunne is now no longer the Marigold of Peru, but groweth in many places with vs in England. The flower of the Grandille they say (if they say truly) hath the marks of the Passion, Nailes, Pillar, Whippes, Thornes, Wounds, exceeding stigmaticall Francis.

For their Seedes and Graines, Mays is principall, of which they make their bread, which our English ground brings forth, but hardly will ripen: it growes, as it were, on a reed, and multiplieth beyond comparison; they gather three hundred measures for one. It yeeldeth more bloud, but more grosse, then our wheate. They make drinke thereof also, wherewith they will be exceedingly drunke. They first sleepe, and after boile it to that end. In some places they first cause it to be champed with Maids, in some places with olde women, and then make a Leaven thereof, which they boyle, and make this inebriating drinke. The Canes and Leaues serue for their Moles to eate. They boyle and drinke it also for paine in the backe. The buds of Mays serue in fleed of but∣ter and oile.

In some parts they make bread of a great roote called Yuca, which they name Ca∣cavi. They first cut and straine it in a Presse, for the iuyce is deadly poyson: the Cakes dried are sleeped in water before they can eate them. Another kind there is of this Yu∣ca or Iucca, the iuyce whereof is not poyson. It will keepe long, like biscuit. They vse this bread most in Hispaniola, Cuba, and Iamaica, where wheat and Mays wil not grow, but so vnequally, that at one inflant, some is in the grasse, other in the graine. They vse in some places another roote called Papas, like to grownd Nuttes, for bread, which they call Chuno. Of other their roots and fruits I am loath to write, lest I wearie the Reader with tedious officiousnesse. Spices grow not there naturally: Ginger thriueth wel, brought and planted by the Spaniards. They haue a good kind of balme, though not the same which grew in Palestina. Of their Amber, Oiles, Gummes, and Drugges I lift not to relate further. Out of Spaine they haue carried great varietie of Plants, here∣in America exceeding Spaine, that it receiueth and fructifieth in all Spanish s 1.124 Plants that are brought thither, whereas the Indian thriue not in Spaine: as Vines, Oliues, Mulbe∣ries, Figges, Almonds, Limons, Quinces, and such like. And, to end this Chapter with a comparison of our World with this of America; Our aduantages and preferments are many. t 1.125 Our Heauen hath more Starres, and greater, as Acosta by his owne sight hath obserued, challenging those Authors, which haue written otherwise, of fabling. Our Heauen hath the North starre within three degrees, and a third of the Pole: their Crosier or foure starres set a-crosse, which they obserue for the Antartike, is thirtie de∣grees off. The Sunne communicates his partiall presence seuen days longer to our Tro∣pike, then to that of Capricorne.

The want of the Sunne and Starres is one cause of greater colde in those parts then in these. Our Earth exceedes theirs for the situation, extending it selfe more betweene East and West (fittest for humane life) whereas theirs trends most towardes the two Poles. Our Sea is more fauourable, in more Gulfes and Bayes, especially such u 1.126 as goe

farre within Land, besides the Mid-land Sea, equally communicating her selfe to Asia, Africa, and Europa. This conuenience of Traffique America wanteth. Our Beasts, wilde and tame, are farre the more noble, as the former Discourse sheweth. For what haue they to oppose to our Elephants, Rhinocerotes, Camels, Horses, Kine, &c? Neither were the naturall fruits of America comparable to those of our World. Whence are their Spices, and best Fruits, but from hence, by transportation, or trans∣plantation? As for Arts, States, Literature, Diuine and Humane, multitudes of Cities, Lawes, and other Excellencies, our World enioyeth still the priuiledge of the First∣borne. America is a younger brother, and hath in these things almost no inheritance at all, till it bought somewhat hereof of the Spaniards, with the price of her Freedome. On the other side, for temperature of Ayre, generally America is farre before Africa, in the same height. For greatnesse of Riuers, Plata and Maragnon exceede our World. Whether Africa or America exceed in Gold, it is a question: In Siluer, Potozi seemes to haue surmounted any one Mine of the World, besides those of new Spaine, and o∣ther parts, howsoeuer Boterus doubts. Yet Exitus acta probat. And now America ex∣cells, because, besides her owne store, she is so plentifully furnished with all sorts of li∣uing and growing creatures from hence, as euen now was shewed.

CHAP. III.

Of the North parts of the New World (Groenland, Estotiland, Meta Incognita, and other Places) vnto New Fraunce.

AMerica is commonly diuided by that Isthmus, or necke and narrow passage of Land at Darien, into two parts; the one called Northerne America, or Mexicana; the other Southerne, or Peruana. This tren∣deth betwixt the Darien and Magellan Straits: that, from thence Northwards, where the Confines are yet vnknowne. For it is not yet fully discouered, whether it ioyneth somewhere to the Continent of Asia, or whether Groenland, and some other parts, accounted Ilands, ioyne with it. These were discouered before the dayes of Columbus, and yet remaine almost couered in obscuritie, and were therefore iustly tearmed a 1.127 Meta Incognita, by Great Elizabeth, the best knowne and most renowmed Ladie of the World. The first knowledge that hath come to vs of those parts, was by Nicholas and Antonie Zeni, two brethren, Ve∣netians. Happie Italie, that first, in this last Age of the World, hast discouered the great Discouerers of the World, to whome we owe our M. Paulus, Odoricus, Vert••mannus, for the East; Columbus, Vespucius, Cabot, for the West; these noble Zeni for the North: and the first encompassing the Worlds wide compasse, vnto Pigafetta's Discourse, companion of Magellan in his iourney: that I speake not of the paines of Russelli, Ramusius, Boterus, and a world of Italian Authors, that (I thinke more then any other Language) haue by their historicall labours discouered the World to it selfe. Vn∣happie Italie, that still hast beaten the bush, for others to catch the Bird, and hast in∣herited nothing in these Easterne and Westerne Worlds, excepting thy Catholike clayme, whereby the Catholike and Spanish Sword makes way for the Catholike∣Romane Crowne and Keyes: Neither the Sword of Paul, nor the Keyes of Peter; for both these were b 1.128 spirituall. But to returne to our Venetians. c 1.129 In the yeare 1380 Master Nicolo Zeno being wealthie, and of a haughtie spirit, desiring to see the fashions of the World, built and furnished a Shippe at his owne charges, and passing the Straits of Gibraltar, held on his course Northwards, with intent to see England and Flanders. But a violent Tempest assayling him at Sea, hee was carried hee knew not whither, till at last his Shippe was cast away vp∣on the Isle of Frisland; where the men and most part of the goods were saued.

In vaine seemes that deliuerie, that deliuers vp presently to another Executioner. The Ilanders, like Neptunes hungrie groomes, or base and blacke gard, set vpon the men whome the Seas had spared: but here also they found a second escape, by meanes of a Prince named Zichmui, Prince of that and many Ilands thereabouts: who being neere hand with his Armie, came at the out-cry, and chasing away the people, tooke them into protection.

This Zichmui had the yeare before giuen the ouerthrow to the King of Nor∣way, and was a great aduenturer in feates of Armes. He spake to them in Latine; and placed them in his Nauie, wherewith he wonne diuerse Ilands. Nicole beha∣ued himselfe so well, both in sauing the Fleet by his Sea-skill, and in conquest of the Ilands by his valour, that Zichmui made him Knight, and Captaine of his Nauie.

After diuerse notable Exploits, Nicolo armed three Barkes, with which he ar∣rived in Engroneland: where he found a Monasterie of Friers, of the Preachers Order, and a Church dedicated to Saint Thomas, hard by a Hill, that casteth out fire like Vessvius and Aetna. There is a Fountaine of hot water, with which they heat the Church of the Monasterie, and the Friers chambers. It commeth also in∣to the Kitchin so boyling hote, that they vse no other fire to dresse their meat; and putting their Bread into Brasse Pots without any water, it doth bake as it were in an hote Ouen. They haue also small Gardens, which are couered ouer in the Win∣ter time, and being watered with this water, are defended from the violence of the Frost and Cold, and bring forth Flowers in their due seasons. The common people astonished with these strange effects, conceiue highly of those Friers, and bring them presents of Flesh and other things.

They with this Water, in the extremitie of the Cold, heat their Chambers, which also (as the other buildings of the Monasterie) are framed of those burning stones, which the mouth of the Hill casts forth. They cast water on some of them, whereby they are dissolued, and become excellent white Lime, and so tough, that being contriued in building, it lasteth for euer. The rest, after the fire is out, serue in stead of stones to make Walls and Vaults, and will not dissolue, or breake, except with some yron toole.

Their Winter lasteth nine moneths: and yet there is a faire Hauen, where this water falleth into the Sea, not frozen: by meanes whereof there is great resort of wilde Fowle and Fish, which they take in infinite multitudes. The Fishers Boates are made like to a Weauers Shuttle, of the skinnes of Fishes, fashioned with the bones of the same Fishes, and beeing sowed together with many doubles, they are so strong, that in foule weather they will shut themselues within the same, not fearing the force eyther of Sea, or Winde. Neither can the hard-hearted Rockes breake these yeelding Vessells. They haue also (as it were) a Sleeue in the bottome thereof, by which, with a subtile deuise, they conuey the wa∣ter forth, that soaketh into them. The most of these Friers spake the Latine Tongue.

A little after this, Nicole returned, and died in Frisland, whither his brother Antonio had before resorted to him, and now succeeded both in his goods and honour; whome Zichmni employed in the Expedition for Estotiland: which hap∣pened vpon this occasion. Six and twentie yeares before, foure Fisher-Boates were apprehended at Sea by a mightie and tedious storme; wherewith, after many dayes, they were brought to Estotiland, aboue a thousand myles West from Frisland: vpon which, one of the Boates was cast away, and six men that were in it, were taken and brought to a populous Citie; where, one that spake Latine, and had beene cast by chaunce vpon that Iland, in the name of the King asked them what countreymen they were; and vnderstanding their case, hee acquainted the King therewith. They dwelt there fiue yeares, and found it to be an Iland very rich, beeing little lesse then Iseland, but farre more fruitfull.

One of them said saw Latine Bookes in the Kings Librarie, which they at this pre∣sent doe not vnderstand. They haue a peculiar Language, and Letters, or Characters, to themselues. They haue Mines of Gold; and other Mettalls, and haue Trade with Engroneland. They sow Corne, and make Beere and Ale. They build Barkes (but know not the vse of the Compasse) and haue many Cities and Castles. The King sent these Fishermen with twelue Barkes Southwards, to a Countrey which they call Drogio: in which Voyage escaping dreadfull Tempests at Sea, they encountred with Canniballs at Land, which deuoured many of them. These Fishers shewing them the manner of taking Fish with Nets, escaped: and for the presents which they made of their Fish to the chiefe men of the Countrey, were beloued and honoured. One of these (more expert, it seemeth, then the rest) was holden in such account, that a great Lord made warre with their Lord to obtaine him: and so preuailed, that he and his companie were sent vnto him. And in this order was he sent to fiue and twentie Lords, which had warred one with another to get him, in thirteene yeares space: whereby he came to know almost all those parts; which, he said, was a great Countrey, and (as it were) a New World. The people are all rude, and void of goodnesse: they goe naked, neither haue they wit to couer their bodies with the Beasts skinnes, which they take in Hunting, from the vehement cold. They are fierce, and eate their enemies, hauing diuerse Lawes and Gouernours. Their liuing is by Hunting.

Further to the Southwest, they are more ciuill, and haue a more temperate Ayre: They haue Cities and Temples dedicated to Idols, where they sacrifice men, and after eate them; and haue also some vse of Gold and Siluer.

He fledde away secretly, and conueying himselfe from one Lord to another, came at length to Drogio, where hee dwelt three yeares. After this time finding there certaine Boates of Estotiland, he went thither with them: and growing there very rich, furnished a Barke of his owne, and returned into Frisland; where hee made report vnto his Lord of that wealthie Countrey. Zichumi prepared to send thither: but three dayes before they set forth, this Fisherman died. Yet taking some of the Mariners which came with him, in his stead, they prosecuted the Voy∣age, and encountred, after many dayes, an Iland; where tenene men, of diuerse Lan∣guages, were brought vnto them, of which they could vnderstand none, but one of Iseland. He told them, That the Iland was called Icaria, and the Kings thereof called Icari, descended of the auncient pedegree of Dedalus, King of Scots: who conquering that Iland, left his sonne there for King, and left them those Lawes, which to that present they retained. And, that they might keepe their Lawes inuiolate, they would receiue no stranger. Onely they were contented to receiue one of our men, in regard of the Language, as they had done those tenne Inter∣preters.

Zichumi sayling hence, in foure dayes descried Land, where they found abun∣dance of Fowle, and Birds egges, for their refreshing. The Hauen they called Cape Trin. There was a Hill, which burning, cast out smoake: where was a Spring, from which issued a certaine water like Pitch, which ranne into the Sea. The people of small stature, wilde, and fearefull, hidde themselues in Caues. Zichumi built there a Citie, and determining to inhabite, sent Antonio backe againe, with the most of his people, to Frisland.

This Historie I haue thus inserted at large, which perhaps, not without cause in some things, may seeme fabulous; not in the Zeni, which thus writ, but in the re∣lations which they receiued from others. Howsoeuer, the best Geographers d 1.130 are beholden to these brethren, for that little knowledge they haue of these parts; of which, none before had written: nor since haue there beene any great in-land Discoueries.

Somewhat since there hath beene discouered by Gaspar Cortereale, a Portu∣gall; Stephen Gomes, a Spaniard, and Sebastian Cabot: and more by later Pilots,

of our Nation; but little of the disposition of the In-land people. Yea, it is thought to be all broken Ilands, and not inhabited, but at certaine seasons frequented by some Sauages, which come thither to fish. Such as wee can, in due order wee here bestow.

Sebastian * 1.131 Cabot, in the yeare 1497, at the charge of King Henry the seuenth, disco∣uered to the threescore and seuenth degree and a halfe of Northerly latitude, minding to haue proceeded for the search of Cathay, but by the mutinie of the Mariners was forced to returne. The Mappe of Sebastian Cabot, cut by e 1.132 Clement Adams, rela∣teth, That Iohn Cabot, a Venetian, and his sonne Sebastian, set out from Bristoll, dis∣couering the Land, called it Prima Vista, and the Iland before it, S. Iohns. The in∣habitants weare Beasts skinnes. There were white Beares, and Stagges farre greater then ours. There were plentie of Seales, and Soles aboue a yard long. Hee named (sayth Peter f 1.133 Martyr) certaine Ilands g 1.134 Baccalaos, of the store of those fish, which the inhabitants called by that name, which with their multitudes sometimes stayed his Shippes. The Beares caught these Fish with their clawes, and drew them to land, and eat them. In the time of h 1.135 H.7. (William Purchas being then Mayor of London) were brought vnto the King three men, taken in the New-found Iland: these were clothe•• in Beasts skinnes, and did eate raw flesh. But Cabot discouered all along the Coast to that which since is called Florida; and returning, found great prepara∣tions for Warres in Scotland, by reason whereof, no more consideration was had to this Voyage. Whereupon he went into Spaine; and being entertained by the King and Queene, was sent to discouer the Coasts of Brasil, and sayled vp into the Riuer of Plate more then six score Leagues. He was made Pilot Maior of Spaine: and after that, Anno 1549, was constituted Graund Pilot of England By King Edward the sixt, with the yearely Pension of an hundred threescore and six pounds, thirteene shillings, foure pence: Where, in the yeare 1553, he was chiefe dealer and procurer of the Discouerie of Russia, and the North-east Voyages, i 1.136 made by Sir Hugh Wil∣loughby, R. Chauncelour, Stephen Burrough, and prosecuted by Pet, Iackman, and others, towards Nou•• Zemla, Persia, Tartaria, as in Master Hakluyts first Tome ap∣peareth.

Anno 1500 k 1.137 Gaspar Corteregalis, a Portugall, minding new Discoueries, set forth a Shippe at his owne charge from Lisbone; and sayling farre North, at last came to a Land, which for the pleasantnesse thereof, he called Greene. The men, as he reported, were barbarous, browne-coloured, very swift, good Archers, clothed in Beasts skinnes. They liue in Caues, or base Cottages, without any Religion, but obserue Soothsayings. They vsed Marriages, and were very iealous. Returning into Portugall, hee sayled thitherward againe, Anno 1501. But what became of him, none can tell. His brother Michael Corteregalis the next yeare set forth two Shippes to make search for his brother, but he also was lost. The King Emanuel grieued herewith, sent to enquire of them, but all in vaine. Their brother Vasco would haue put himselfe on this aduenture, but the King would not suffer him. The name Greene vpon this occasion was left, and the Land was called l 1.138 Terra Corterega∣lis. Thus farre Osorius. It reacheth, according to Boterus reckoning, to the 60. degree. Let vs come to our owne: For of Stephen m 1.139 Gomes little is left vs but a ieast.

This Gomes hauing beene with Magellan a few yeares before, in his Discouerie of the South Sea, enlarged with hopes of new Straits, in the yeare 1525 set forth to search this Northerly passage. But finding nothing to his expectation, he laded his Shippe with slaues, and returned. n 1.140 . At his returne, one that knew his intent, was for the Moluccas by that way, enquiring what he had brought home, was told Escla∣vos, that is, Slaues. He, fore-stalled with his owne imagination, had thought it was said Clavos, and so posted to the Court to carrie first newes of this Spicie Discoue∣rie, looking for a great reward: but the truth being knowne, caused hereat great laughter.

Sir Martin Frobisher o 1.141 deserueth the first place, as being first that in the dayes of Queene Elizabeth sought the Northwest passage in three seuerall Voyages. The first whereof was written by Christopher p 1.142 Hall; the second, by Dionise Settle; the third, by Thomas Ellis; and all in one Discourse by M. George Best: all which, at large, the Reader may finde in M. Hackluyts laborious Discouerie of Discoueries. To speake briefely what may best befit vs in our Pilgrimage: Sir Martin Frobisher sayled from Blackwall, Iune the fifteenth; and the eleuenth of Iuly * 1.143 had sight of Frisland, but could not get on shore for the abundance of Ice, which was also accompanied with an extreame Fogge, as double gard to that Iland (vncertaine whether to fortifie, or to imprison them.) The twentieth of Iuly he had sight of an high Land, which hee na∣med q 1.144 Elizabeths Foreland. Here was he much troubled with Ice: but say∣ling more Northerly, descried another Foreland, with a great Gutte, Bay, or Passage, which he entred, calling it Frobishers Straits, supposing it to be the diuision of Asia and America. Hauing entred threescore Leagues, he went on shore, and was en∣countred with mightie Deere, which ranne at him, with danger of his life. Here had he sight of the Sauages, which rowed to his Shippe in Boates of Seales skinnes, with a Keele of Wood within them, like a Spanish Shallop, saue onely they be flat in the bottoms, and sharpe at both ends. They eate raw Flesh and Fish, or rather deuo•• red the same •••••• had long blacke hayre, broad faces, flat noses, tawnie of co∣lour, or like an Oliue (which neither Sunne or Winde, but Nature it selfe, imprinted on them, as appeared by their infants; and seemeth to be the generall Liuerie of A∣merica.) Their Apparrell was Seales skinnes: their women were painted or mar∣ked downe the cheekes and about the eyes with blew streekes. These Sauages in∣tercepted fiue of our men, and the Boat: Ours also tooke one of theirs, which they brought into England, where they arriued the second of October, r 1.145 1576. He had taken possession of the Countrey in right of the Queene, and commaunded his com∣panie to bring euery one somewhat, in witnesse of the same. One brought a peece of blacke Stone, like Sea-coale, which was found to hold Gold in good quantitie. Whereupon a second Voyage was made the next yeare 1577, to bring Ore. And comming to those Straits in Iuly, found them in manner shut vp with a long Mure of Ice, which sometime endangered their Shippes, especially on the nineteenth of that moneth. They found a great dead Fish, round like a Porepis, twelue foot long, hauing f 1.146 a Horne of two yards, lacking two ynches, growing out of the Snout, wrea∣thed and streight, like a Waxe Taper, and might be thought to be a Sea-Vnicorne. It was broken in the toppe, wherein some of the Saylers said they put Spiders, which presently died. It was reserued as Iewell by the Queenes commaundement, in her Wardrobe of Robes. They went on shore, and had some encounter with the inha∣bitants, which were of so fierce and terrible resolution, that finding themselues wounded, they leapt off the Rockes into the Sea, rather then they would fall into the hands of the English. The rest fledde. One woman, with her child, they tooke and brought away. They had taken another of the Sauages before. This Sauage had before, in the Shippe, seene the Picture of his Countreyman, taken the yeare before, thought him to be aliue, and began to be offended, that hee would not an∣swere him; with wonder thinking, that our men could make men liue and die at their pleasure. But strange were the gestures and behauiour of this man and the woman, when they were brought together; which were put into the same Cab¦bin, and yet gaue such apparant signes of shamefastnesse and chastitie, 〈10 letters〉〈10 letters〉 be a shame to Christians to come so farre short of them.

Where they could haue any Trade with the Sauages their manner of 〈7 letters〉〈7 letters〉 was, to lay downe somewhat of theirs, and goe then way, expecting, that 〈7 letters〉〈7 letters〉 men should lay downe somewhat in lieu thereof; and if they like of their Mart, they come againe, and take it: otherwise, they take away their owne, and de∣part. They made signes, that their Catchoe or King, was a man of higher sta∣ture then any of ours, and that hee was carried vpon mens shoulders ••••••

They could not learne what became of the fiue men they lost the yeare before: one∣ly they found some of their apparrell; which made them thinke they were eaten. They laded themselues with Ore, and so returned. And with fifteene sayle the next yeare 1578, a third Voyage for discouerie was made by the said Captaine and Ge∣nerall. He went on shore the twentieth of Iune on Frisland t 1.147 , which was named by them West England, where they espied certaine Tents and People like those of Meta, Incognita. The people fledde, and they found in their Tents a Boxe of small Nayles, redde Herrings, and Boords of Firre-tree well cut, with other thinges artificially wrought: whereby it appeareth, that they are workemen themselues, or haue tra••le with others. Some of them were of opinion, That this was firme Land with Meta Incognita, or with Gronland; whereunto the multitude of Ilands of Ice, betweene that and Me••a Incognita induced them. In departing from hence, the Salamander (one of their Shippes) being vnder both her Courses and Bonets, happened to strike on a great Whale with her full stemme, with such a blow, that the Shippe stood still, and neither stirred forward nor backwards. The Whale thereat made a great and hi∣deous noyse, and casting vp his bodie and tayle, presently sanke vnder water. Within two dayes they found a Whale dead, which they supposed was this which the Sala∣mander had stricken.

The second of Iuly they entred in with the Straits, the entrance whereof was barred with Mountaines of Ice, wherewith Barke Dennis was sunke, to the hin∣derance of their proiects. For in it was drowned part of a house, which they had in∣tended to erect there for habitation. The men were saued. The other Shippes were in very great danger, the Seas mustering Armies of ycie souldiours to oppresse them, vsing other naturall stratagemes of Fogges and Snowes to further these cruell designes.

These Icie Ilands seeme to haue beene congealed in the Winter further North, in some Bayes, u 1.148 or Riuers, and with the Summers Sunne being loosed, and bro∣ken out of their naturall prisons, offer themselues to all outrages, whereto the swift Currents and cold Windes will conduct them. Strange it is to see their greatnesse, some not lesse then halfe a myle about, and fourescore fathomes aboue water, besides the vnknowne depth beneath: strange the multitude; strange the deformed shapes: if this be not more strange, that they sometimes faue with killing, and suffer men to moore their Anchors on them, and to get vpon them to worke against them, for the safegard of their Shippes: That bloudie enemies should entertaine them with dis∣ports, to walke, leape, shout, fortie myles from any Land, without any Vessell vnder them (according to M. Bests Riddle) and a hundred and tenne myles from Land should present them with running streames of fresh Waters, able to driue a Myll. The Floud was there nine houres, the Ebbe but three. A strong Current ranne West∣wards. The people resemble much the Tartars, or rather the Samoeds, in Apparrell, and manner of liuing. It is colder here in 62. then 9. or 10. degrees more Norther∣ly toward the North-east, which (it seemeth) comes to passe by the Windes, East, and North-east, which from the Ice bring so intollerable a cold. The people are excellent Archers; a thing generall throughout America. Besides Seales skinnes, they vse the skinnes of Deere, Beares, Foxes, and Hares, for Apparrell, and the ca∣ses also of Fowles sowed together. They weare in Summer the hayrie fide outward; in Winter, inward; or else goe naked. They shoot at the Fish with their darts. They kindle fire with rubbing one sticke against another. They vse great blacke Dogges, like Wolues, to draw their Sleds, and a lesse kinde to eate. They haue very thinne beards. In the best of Summer they haue Haile and Snow (sometimes a foot deepe, which freezeth as it falls) and the ground frozen three fathome deepe. They haue great store of Fowle, whereof our men killed in one day fifteene hundred. They haue thicker skinnes, and are thicker of Downe and Feathers then with vs, and therefore must be flayed. The Sunne was not absent aboue three houres and a halfe; all which space it was very light, so that they might see to write and reade.

Hence is it, that those parts neere (and perhappes vnder) the Pole are habitable: the continuance of the Sunnes presence in their Summer, heating and warming with liue∣ly cherishment all Creatures: and in the Winter, by his oblique motion, leauing so long a twi-light; and the increased light x 1.149 of the Moone, the Sunnes great and dili∣gent Lieu-tenant, the brightnesse of the Starres and whitenesse of the snow, not suffe∣ring them to be quite forlorne in darkenesse. The beasts, fowles, and fishes, which these men kill, are their houses, bedding, meat, drinke, hose, thread, shooes, apparell, and sailes, and boats, and almost all their riches. Besides their eating all things raw, they will eate grasse and shrubbes, like our kine: and morsels of Ice, to satisfie thirst. They haue no hurtfull creeping things, but Spiders; and a kinde of Gnat is there very troublesome. Timber they haue none growing, but as the vndermining water doth supplant and bring them from other places. They are great Inchanters. When their heads ake, they tye a great stone with a string into a sticke, and with certaine words effect, that the stone with all a mans force will not be lifted vp, and sometimes seemes as light as a feather; hoping thereby to haue helpe. They made signes, lying groueling with their faces vpon the ground, making a noise downeward, that they worship the Diuell vnder them. There is no flesh or fish which they finde dead (smell it neuer so filthily) but they will eat it, without any other dressing. Their Deere haue skinnes like Asses, and feet large, like Oxen, which were measured seuen or eight inches in breadth. There are no Riuers or running Springs, but such as the Sunne causeth to come of snow. Sometimes they will perboile their meat a little, in kettles made of beasts skins, with the bloud and water which they drinke; and licke the bloudy knife with their tongues: This licking is the medicine also for their wounds. They seeme to haue traf∣ficke with other Nations: from whom they haue a small quantitie of Iron. Their fire they make of Heath and Mosse. In their leather boats they row with one oare faster, then we can in our boats with all our oares.

Master Iohn Dauis y 1.150 in the yeare 1585. made his first voyage for this North-west Discouery, and in threescore and foure degrees, and fifteene minutes, they came on shore on an Iland, where they had sight of the Sauages, which seemed to worship the Sunne. For pointing vp to the Sunne with their hands, they would strike their breasts hard with their hands: which being answered with like action of the English, was taken for a confirmed league, and they became very familiar. They first leaped and danced with a kind of Timbrel, which they strucke with a sticke. Their apparell was of beasts and birds skinnes, buskins, hose, gloues, &c. Some leather they had which was dressed like the glouers leather. The sixt of August they discouered land in 66.40. They killed white Beares, one of whose forefeet were foureteene inches broad, so fat, that they were forced to cast it away. It seemed they fed on the grasse, by their dung, which was like to horse-dung. They heard dogges howle on the shore, which were tame: They killed one with a collar about his necke: he had a bone in his pisle; these it seemed were vsed to the sled, for they found two sleds.

The next yeare he made his second voyage, wherein hee found the sauage people tractable. They are great Idolaters, and Witches. They haue many Images which they weare about them, and in their boats. They found a graue, wherein were many buried, couered with Seales skinnes, and a Crosse laid ouer them. One of them made a fire of turfes, kindled with the motion of a sticke in a peece of a boord; which had a hole halfe thorow, into which he put many things, with diuers words and strange ge∣stures: our men supposed it to be a sacrifice. They would haue had one of the English to stand in the smoke, which themselues were bidden to doe, and would not by any means; whereupon one of them was thrust in, and the fire put out by our men. They are very theeuish. They catraw fish, grasse and ice: and drinke salt water. Heere they saw a whirle-winde take vp the water in great quantitie, furiously mounting it vp into the aire, three houres together with little intermission. They found in 63. deg. 8. min. a strange quantitie of ice in one entire masse, so bigge, that they knew not the limits thereof, very high, in forme of land, with bayes and capes like high-cliffe land; they sent their Pinnesse to discouer it, which returned with information, that it was onely

ice. This was the seuenteenth of Iuly, 1586. and they coasted it till the thirtieth of Iuly. In 66. deg. 33. min. they found it very hotte, and were much troubled with a stinging Flie, called Muskito. All the Lands they saw seemed to be broken, and Ilands; which they coasted Southwards, till they were in foure and fiftie and a halfe, and there found hope of a passage. In the same voyage z 1.151 he had sent the Sun-shine from him in 60. degr. which went to Iseland, and on the seuenth of Iuly had sight of Gronland, and were hindered from harbour by the ice. They coasted it till the last of Iuly. Their houses neere the Sea-side were made with peeces of wood, crossed ouer with poles, and couered with earth. Our men plaid at foot-ball with them of the Iland.

The third voyage was performed the next yeare, 1587. wherein Master a 1.152 Dauis discouered to the 73. degree, finding the Sea all open, and forty leagues betweene land and land, hauing Groenland (which for the lothsome view of the shore couered with snow, without wood, earth, or grasse to be seene, and the irkesome noise of the ice he called Desolation) on the East, and America on the West. The Spanish Fleete, and the vntimely death of Master Secretary Walsingham, (the Epitome and summary of Humane worthinesse) hindered the prosecution of these intended Discoueries.

Henry Hudson hath since discouered aboue nine degrees neerer the Pole, and after diuers voyages, with the losse of himselfe, by meanes of his mutinous and (as is sup∣posed) murtherous companions, which returned the last yeare, hath gained more hope of this discouery of the South-sea, by a Northerly passage, then euer before.

Hesselius b 1.153 Gerardus hath (I know not by what instructions) set forth this voyage, and discouery of Hudson, now this last Mart at Amsterdam, together with a Plat or Hydrographicall Mappe of the same: affirming that he followed the way which Cap∣taine Winwood had before searched, by Lumleyes Inlet, in 61. degr. and so passed tho∣row the strait to 50. and 51. where he wintered, and once saw a man girded with a Crisse, or Dagger of Mexico, or Iapon, whereby he guessed that hee was not farre thence. After they had stayed heere eight monthes, they set saile Northwards, and found an open Sea. His Marriners perceiuing that he intended further search for dis∣couery, mutinying for victuall, put him with some others into the boat, and there left him, and returned for England.

And now are men employed in hope of perfecting that, to the glory of our Nati∣on, which vndaunted spirits amongstvs with such cost and danger haue attempted. Resolute, gallant, glorious attempts, which thus seeke to tame Nature, where shee is most vnbridled, in those Northeasterly, Northwesterly, and Northerly borders (where she shewes her selfe a c 1.154 borderer indeed) and to subdue her to that Gouernment and Subiection, which GOD ouer all blessed for euer, hath imposed on all sensible Crea∣tures to the Nature of man; resembling in one Image and abridgement, both GOD and the World, consisting of a spirituall and bodily, visible and inuisible ••bsistence. How shall I admire your valour and courage, yee Marine Worthies, beyond all names of worthinesse, that neither dread so long, either presence or absence of the Sunne, nor those foggie mists, tempestuous windes, cold blasts, snowes and haile in the aire: nor the vnequall Seas, which might amaze the hearer, and amate the beholder, where the Tritons and Neptunes selfe would quake with chilling feare, to behold such monstrous Icie Ilands, renting themselues with terror of their owne massines, and disdaining o∣therwise, both the Seas soueraignety, and the Sunnes hottest violence, mustering them∣selues in those watery plaines, where they hold a continuall ciuill warre, and rushing one vpon another, make windes and waues giue backe, seeming to rent the eares of others, while they rent themselues with crashing and splitting their congealed ar∣mours: nor the rigid ragged face of the broken lands, sometimes towring themselues in a loftie height, to see if they can finde refuge from those snowes and colds that con∣tinually beat them, sometimes hiding themselues vnder some hollow hills or cliffes, sometimes sinking and shrinking into valleyes, looking pale with snowes, and falling in frozen and dead swounes: d 1.155 sometimes breaking their neckes into the Sea, rather embracing the waters, then the aires crueltie; and otherwhile with horrible Earth∣quakes, in heat of Indignation shaking asunder, to shake off this cold and hea••••••.

Great GOD, to whom all names of greatnesse are little, and lesse then nothing, let me in silence admire and worship thy greatnesse, that in this little heart of man (not able to serue a Kite for a break-fast) hast placed such greatnes of spirit, as the world is too little to fill; onely thy selfe the prototype and samplar of this modell, canst of thine owne selfe, becomming all in all vnto vs, fill and more then satisfie. Thee I beseech, to pro∣sper in this and like attempts, this Nation of ours, that as in greater light then to o∣thers, thou hast giuen vs thy SONNF, the Sunne of right consnesse: so with him thou wilt giue all things, euen among other blessings, that thy Virgin TRVTH, by Virgi∣nian Plantation, or Northerly Discouery, may triumph in her conquests of Indian In∣fidels, maugre the bragges of that Adulteresse, that vaunteth e 1.156 her selfe to be the on∣ly Darling of GOD and Nature.

CHAP IIII.

Of Newfound-Land, Noua Francia, Arambec, and other Countries of America, extending to Virginia.

LEauing those vnknowne and frozen Lands and Seas, (although there is yet knowne no frozen a 1.157 Sea, otherwise then as you haue heard) let vs draw somewhat nearer the Sunne, gently marching, as the situation of Regions shal direct vs, left if we should suddenly leape from one extre∣mity to another, we should rather exchange then auoid danger. And heere we haue by Land Saguenay, and many Countries of Canada, which the French haue stiled by a new name of New France: and by Sea the Ilands many in number, and much frequented for their plenty of fish, commonly called New-found-Land, which name some ascribe to an Isle, others to diuers Iland, and broken Lands which the French call Bacaldos, vpon the gulfe and entrance of the great Riuer called Saint Laurence, in Canada. This Riuer some b 1.158 call the Strait of the three brethren; some c 1.159 Saint Laurence, and others d 1.160 Canada. It farre exceedeth any Riuer of the elder World. It beginneth, saith Iaques Cartier, beyond the Iland of As∣sumption, ouer-against the high mountaines of Honhuedo, and of the seuen Ilands. The distance from one side to another, is about fiue and thirty or forty leagues. In the middest it is aboue e 1.161 two hundred fathome deepe. There are great store of Whales and Sea-horses. From the entrance vp to Hochelaga is three hundred leagues. Many Ilands are before it, offering of their good nature to bee mediatours betweene this haughty streame and the angry Ocean: many others all alongst his passage he holdeth in his louing vnlouely lappe, washing and hugging them with his ruder embracings. The former are vsually frequented, and were first discouered by the English, the other by the French. Of Sebastian Cabot his proceeding this way is spoken alreadie. Robert Thorne f 1.162 in a Treatise of his, affirmeth that his father, and one Master Eliot were the Discouerers of the New-found-Lands: & exhorted K. Henry to vndertake the search of the Indies by the Pole, which he held to be Nauigable. Vpon this motion, 1527. the King sent two shippes (as Hall and g 1.163 Grafton mention in their Chronicles) one of which shippes was cast away about the North-parts of New-found-Land, the o∣ther shaping her course towards Cape Briton, and the coasts of Arambec (or as some call it Norumbega) returned home. More tragicall was the successe h 1.164 of Master Hores company, which set out nine years after in this Discouery, but by famine were brought to such extremities, that many of the company were murthered and eaten by their fellowes. And those which returned were so altered, that Sir William Buts a Norfolke Knight, and his Lady, knew not their sonne Master Thomas Buts, one of this starued number, but by a secret marke, namely a wart, which Nature had sealed on one of his knees. The commodities and qualities of New-found-Land, are related i 1.165 by Master Parkhurst, Master Haies, Sir George Peckham, Stephen Parmenius, Richard Clarke, Master Christopher Cartile, all whose Discourses and experiments hereof, Master

Hakluit hath collected and bestowed on the World. The North-part is inhabited, the South is desert, although fitter for habitation. Besides the abundance of Cod, heere are Herrings, Salmons, Thornbacke, Oisters and Muskies, with Pearles, Smelts and Squids, which two sorts come on shore in great abundance, fleeing from the deuou∣ring Cod, out of the frying-pan into the fire. It is thonght that there are Buffes, and certaine, that there are Beares and Foxes, which before your face will robbe you of your fish or flesh. Before they come at New-found-Land by fiftie leagues, they passe the banke: so they call certaine high grounds, as a vaine of Mountaines, raising them∣selues vnder the water, about ten leagues in breadth, extending to the South infinitly, on which is thirty fathome water, before and after two hundred. Sir Humfrey Gilbert tooke possession thereof, by vertue of her Maiesties Commission. Anno 1583. It is with-in-land a goodly Countrey, naturally beautified with Roses sowen with Pease, planted with stately trees, & otherwise diuersified both for pleasure & profit. And now the report goeth, that our English Nation doe there plant and fixe a setled habitation.

Neere to New-found land in 47deg. is great killing of the Morse or Sea-oxe. k 1.166 In the Ile of Ramea, one small French shippe in a small time killed 500. of them. They are great as Oxen, the hide dressed, is twice as thicke as a Bulls hide: It hath two teeth like Elephants, but shorter, about a foot long, dearer sold then Iuory, and by some re∣puted an Antidote, not inferiour to the Vnicornes horne. The yong ones are as good meat as Veale. And with the bellies of fiue of the said fishes (if so we may cal these Am∣phibia, which liue both on land and water) they make a Hogshead of traine oile. Some of our English ships haue attempted this enterprise for the killing of the Morse, but not all with like succees••e; nor with so good as is reported of Cherry Iland. At Brions Iland is such abundance of Cods, that Master * 1.167 Leighs company with foure hookes in little more then an howre, caught two hundred and fifty of them. Neere to the same in the gulfe of Saint Laurence, are three, termed the Ilands of Birds•• the soile is sandy red, but by reason of many birds on thē, they looke white. The birds sit as thick, as stones lie in a paued street: or to vse Iaques l 1.168 Cartier's comparison, as any field or medow is of grasse. Two of these Ilands are steepe and vpright as any wall, that it is not possible to climbe them. On the other which is in 49. deg. 40. min. and about a league in circuit, they killed, and filled two boats m 1.169 in lesse then half an houre. Besides them which they did eat fresh, euery ship did powder fiue or six barrels of them. There are an hundred fold as many houering about, as within the Iland. Some are as big as Iayes, black & white, with beakes like vnto crowes: their wings are no bigger then halfe ones hand, and therefore they cannot flie high, yet are they as swift neere the water, as other birds. They are very fat: these they called Aponatz, a lesler kinde which there aboundeth, they named Godetz: A bigger, and white, which bite like dogges, they termed Mar∣gaulx. Although it be fourteene leagues from the maine, yet Beares swimme thither to feast with these birds. One they saw as great as a Cow, saith Cartier, and as white as a Swanne, which they did kill and eat, and the flesh was as good as of a two-yeare-old Calfe. About the Port of Brest, they found as many Islets, as were impossible to num∣ber, continuing a great space.

The Iland of Assumption, n 1.170 by the Sauages called Natiscote••, standeth in 49. deg. The sauages dwell in houses made of fir-trees, bound together in the top, and set round like a Doue-house. This, as before is said, is at the entry of the Riuer into the gulfe of Saint Lawrence. The bankes of this Riuer are inhabited of people that worship the Di∣uell, & sometimes sacrifice to him their owne bloud. o 1.171 Francis the first, King of France, sent thither Iames Berton; and Henry his sonne, Nicolas Villagnon: but the greatest ri∣ches they found, were the Diamonds of Canada, and those of small value for their brit∣tlenes. Thus Boterus. Iaques p 1.172 Cartier made three voyages into these parts. First in the yeare 1534. Then was he gladly welcomed of the Sauages, singing, dancing, and ex∣pressing other signes of ioy, as rubbing his armes with their hands, and then lifting him vp to heauen, giuing all to their naked skinne (though all were worse then no∣thing) for the trifles hee gaue them. They went naked, sauing their priuities which were couered with a skinne, and certaine old skinnes they cast vpon them, Some

they saw, whose heads were altogether shauen, except one bush of haire which they offer to grow vpon the top of their crowne, as long as a horse taile, and tied vp with leather-strings in a knot. They haue no dwelling but their boats, which they turne vp∣side downe, and vnder them lay themselues along on the bare ground. They eat their flesh and fish almost raw, only a little heated on the coales. The next yeare Captaine q 1.173 Cartier returned, and carried backe two Sauages, which he before had carried into France to learne the language. Hee then passed vp to Hochelaga r 1.174 They found Rats which liued in the water, as big as Conies, and were very good meat. Hochelaga is a City round, compassed about with timber, with three course of Rampiers one within another, framed sharpe, about two rods high. It hath but one gate, which is shut with piles and barres. There are in it about fifty great houses, and in the middest of euery one a court, in the middle whereof they make their fire. Before they came there, they were forced to leaue their boats behinde, because of certaine falls, and heard that there were three more higher vp the streame, towards Sanguenay, which in his s 1.175 third Voyage were discouered.

Concerning the Religion in these parts of Canada, euen amongst the Sauages we finde some tracts and foot-prints therof, which neither the dreadful winters haue quite frozen to death, nor these great and deep waters haue wholly drowned, but that some shadow thereof appeareth in these shadowes of men, howsoeuer wilde and sauage, like to them which giue her entertainment. This people beleeueth, saith Iaques t 1.176 Cartier, in one which they call Cudruaigni, who, say they, often speaks to them, & tele them what weather will follow, whether good or bad. Moreouer, when he is angry with them, he casts dust into their eies. They beleeue that when they die, they goe into the Stars, and thence by little and little descend downe into the Horizon, euen as the Stars doe, after which they go into certaine greene fields, full of goodly faire and precious trees, flow∣ers and fruits. The French-men told them Cudruaigni was a diuell, & acquainted them with some mysteries of the Christian Religion, wherupon they condescended and de∣sired Baptisme; the French excused, & promised after to bring Priests for that purpose. They liue in common together, and of such commodities as their Countrey yeeldeth they are well stored. They wed two or three wiues a man, which, their husbands being dead, neuer marry againe, but for their widowes liuery weare a blacke weed all the daies of their life, besmearing their faces with cole-dust & grease mingled together, as thicke as the backe of a knife. They haue a filthy and detestable vse in marrying their maidens, first putting them (being once of lawfull age to marry) in a common place, as harlots, free for euery man that will haue to do with them, vntil such time as they finde a match. I haue seene houses as full of such prostitutes, as the schooles in France are full of children. They there vse much mis-rule, riot, and wantonnesse.

They dig their ground with certaine peeces of wood, as big as halfe a sword, where they sow their Maiz. The men also doe much vse Tobacco. The women labour more then the men in fishing and husbandry. They are more hardy then the beasts, & would come to our ships starke naked, going vpon snow and ice, in which season they take great store of beasts, Stags, Beares, Marterns, Hares and Foxes, whose flesh they eate raw, hauing first dried it in the Sunne or smoke, and so they doe their fish. They haue also Otters, Weasils, Beauers, Badgers, Conies: fowle and fish great varietie: and one fish, called Adhothuis, whose body & head is like to a Greyhound, white as snow. Their greatest iewell is chaines of Esurgny, which are shel-fishes, exceeding white, which they take on this manner. When a captiue or other man is condemned to death, they kill him, and then cut flashes in his most fleshy parts, and hurle him into the Riuer Cor∣nibots, whence after twelue houres they draw him, finding in those cuts these Esurg∣ny, whereof they make beades and chaines. They are excellent for stanching of bloud. Thus much out of Cartier. In the yeare 1542. u 1.177 Monsieur Roberual was sent to inha∣bit those parts. He saith that he built a Fort faire and strong: the people haue no cer∣taine dwelling place, but goe from place to place, as they may finde best food, carry∣ing all their goods with them.

It is more cold in that, then in other places of like height, as Iohn Alphonse of

Xanctoigne x 1.178 affirmeth, because of the greatnes of the Riuer which is fresh water, and because the land is vntilled and full of woods. We may adde the cold vapours which the Sunne exhaleth in that long passage ouer the Ocean, the abundance of ice that commeth out of the North-seas, and the windes which blow from them, and from the cold snowie hills in the way.

Monsieur y 1.179 Champlein hauing of late made the same voyage, discoursed with cer∣taine Sauages yet liuing, of whom he learned touching their Religion, that they be∣leeue in one GOD, who hath created all things: that after GOD had made all things, he tooke a number of arrowes, and did sticke them into the ground, from whence men and women sprung vp, which haue multiplied euer since. Touching the Trinitie, being asked, a Sagamos or Gouernor answered, z 1.180 There was one only GOD, one SONNI, one Mother, and the Sunne, which were foure. Notwithstanding, a 1.181 that GOD was ouer and aboue all: the SONNE was good, and the Sunne also: but the Mother was naught and did eat them, and that the FATHER was not very good. Being asked, if they or their ancestors had heard that GOD was come into the world: He said that he had not seene him; but that anciently there wer fiue men, who trauelling toward the setting of the Sunne, met with GOD, who demanded of them, whither goe yee? They an∣swered, we goe to seeke for our liuing. GOD said, You shall finde it heere: But they not regarding, passed further: and then GOD with a stone touched two of them, who were turned into stones. And he said a gaine to the three other, whither go ye? they an∣swered, and he replied as at first: they yet passing further, he tooke two staues, and tou∣ched therewith the two formost, and transformed them into staues. Asking the third man whither he went, he said to seeke his liuing: whereupon he bad him tarry, and he did so, and GOD gaue him meat, and he did eat: and after he had made good cheare, he returned among the other Sauages, and told them all this tale. This Sagamos also told, that at another time there was a man which had store of Tabacco, and GOD came and asked him for his pipe, which the man gaue him, and he dranke much of it, and then brake the pipe. The man was offended hereat, beleeue he had no more pipes, but GOD gaue him one, and bad him carry it to his Sagamos, with warning to keepe it well, and then he should want nothing, nor any of his. Since, the said Sagamos lost the pipe, and found famine and other distresse: this seemeth to be the cause, why they say GOD is not very good. Being demanded what ceremony they vsed in praying to their God, he said that they vsed no ceremony, but euery one did pray in his heart, as he would. They haue among them some Sauages, whom they call Pilotoua, who speake visibly to the Diuell, and he tells them what they must doe, as well for warre, as for other things. And if he should command them to put any enterprise in execution, or to kill a man, they would doe it immediately. They because also that all their dreames are true. So farre Champlein.

In the yeare 1604. Monsieur de Monts (according to a Patent granted him the yeare before, for the inhabiting of Cadia, Canada, and other parts of New France, from the fortieth degree to the six and fortieth) rigged two shippes, and bare with those parts that trend Westward from Cape Breton, giuing names to places at pleasure, or vpon occasion. One port was named Saualet of a French Captaine, who was there a fish∣ing, and had made this his two and fortieth Voyage hither: another was named of Ros∣signol, whose shippe was confiscated for trading there with the Sauages (a poore pre∣ferment, to leaue name to a Port by his misery) another was named Port Moutton, and within a great Bay, they named another Port-Royal, where after they fortified. The in∣habitants of these parts were termed Souriquois. From them Westward are the people called Etechemins, where the next port, after you are passed the Riuer of S. Iohn, is Saint Croix, where they erected a Fort, and wintered. Threescore leagues West from thence is the Riuer Kimbekt: and from thence the Land trendeth North and South to Mala∣barre. Authors place in that former extension of land betwixt East and West, a great Towne and faire Riuer, called Norombega, by the Sauages called Agguncia. These French Discouerers vtterly deny this History, affirming that there are but Cabans here and there made with perkes, and couered with barkes of trees, or with skins: and both

the Riuer and inhabited place is called Pomtegoet, and not Agg••••••••. And there car be no great Riuer (as they affirme) because the great Riuer Canada hath (like an insa∣tiable Merchant) engrossed all these water-commodities, so that other streames are in manner but meere pedlers.

The Armouchiquois are a traiterous and theeuish people, next vnneighboutly neigh∣bours to the Etechemms: they are light-footed and lime fingred, as swift in running away with their stollen prey, as the Grey-hound in pursuing it. Monsieur du Point arriued in those parts in the yeare 1605. and du Mont•• remoued the French habita∣tion to Port Royall. Monsieur de Poutrincourt sailed thither in the yeare 1606. and with him the Author of the booke called Noua Francia, who hath written of the rites and customes of these Countries. He saith, that the Armouchiquoit are a great people, but haue no adoration. They are vicious and bloudie. Both they and the Souriquois haue the industrie of painting and caruing, and doe make pictures of Birds, Beasts, and Men, both in stone and wood, as well as the workemen in these parts. They, as is said, ascribe not diuine worship to any thing: but yet acknowledge some spirituall and inuisible power. I know not by what diuine iustice, and iniustice of the Deuill, it comes to passe, that God hath giuen some men vp so farre vnto the Deuills tyrannie, that he hath banished out of their hearts the knowledge and worship of the true God: and yet the nature of man cannot be without apprehension of some greater, and more excellent Nature, and rather then want all Religion, they will haue a Religious-irreli∣gious commerce with the Deuill. Yea, the more all knowledge of God is banished, the baser seruice doe men, in doing and suffering, yeeld to the Deuill: as (to leaue o∣ther parts to their owne places) it falleth out in these Regions. The Prince and greatest Commander of men among them, seemes by this meanes to bee the Deuills Vicegerent, and by wisardly and deuillish practises to vp-hold his owne greatnesse. So it was with Sagamos Memberton: if any body were sick he was sent for, hee made inuocations on the Deuill, he bloweth vpon the partie grieued, maketh incision, suc∣keth the bloud from it: (a practise vsed in very many Countries of the Continent and Ilands of America) if it be a wound he healeth it after the same manner, applying a round slice of Beauers stones. Some present is therefore made to him, of Venison or skinnes.

If it be a question to haue newes of things absent, hauing first questioned with his spirit, he rendreth his Oracle, commonly doubtfull, very often false, and sometimes true. He rendred a true Oracle of the comming of Poutrincourt to du Pont, saying, his Deuill had told him so.

When the Sauages are hungrie, they consult with Memberton's Oracle, and hee telleth them the place whither they shall goe: and if there be no game found, the ex∣cuse is, that the beast hath wandered and changed place: but very often they finde. And his makes them beleeue that the Deuill is a God, and know none other, al∣though they yeeld him no adoration. When these Aoutmoin's (so they call these Wisards) consult with the Deuill, they fixe a staffe in a pit, to which they tie a cord, and, putting their head into the pit, make inuocations or coniurations, in a language vnknowne to the others that are about, and this with beatings and howlings vntill they sweat with paine. When this Deuill is come, the Master Aoutmoin makes them beleeue that he holds him tied by his cord, and holdeth fast against him, forcing him to giue him an answere, before hee let him goe. That done, hee beginneth to sing something in the praises (as it seemeth) of the Deuill, that hath discouered some game vnto them, and the other Sauages that are there make answere with some concor∣dance of musike among them. Then they dance with songs in another, not vulgar, language: after which, they make a fire and leape ouer it, and put halfe a pole out of the top of the Cabin, where they are with some thing tyed thereto, which the Deuill carrieth away.

Memberton carried at his necke the marke of his profession, which was a purse, trianglewise couered with their imbrodered worke, within which there was some∣what as bigge as a Nut, which he said was his Deuill, called Aoutem. This function

is successiue, and by tradition they teach their eldest sonnes the mysterie of this iniqui∣tie. Euery * 1.182 Sagamos either is, or hath his Aoutmoin.

The men and women weare their black haire long, hanging loose ouer the shoul∣der, wherein the men stick a feather, the women a bodkin. They are much troubled with a stinging flie, for preuention where •••• they rubbe themselues with certaine kinds of grease and oiles. They paint their faces with blew or red, but not their bodies.

For their marriages, they are contracted with the consent of Parents, who will not giue their Daughters in marriage to any, except he be a good hunter. The women are said to be chast, and the contrarie seldome found: and though the husband hath ma∣ny wiues, yet is there no iealousie among them. The widowes here, if their husbands be killed, will not marrie againe, nor eate flesh, till their death bee reuenged. Other∣wise they make no great difficultie (which Cartier reporteth of Canada) to marrie a∣gaine if they finde a fit match. Sometimes the Sauages hauing many wiues will giue one to their friend, if he likes her, so to disburthen themselues. The women eate not with the men in their meetings, but a-part. When they make feasts they end them with dances all in a round, to which one singeth; at the end of euery song all make a lowd and long exclamation: And to bee the more nimble, they strip themselues starke naked. If they haue any of their enemies heads or armes, they will carrie them (as a iewell) about their necks whiles they dance, sometimes biting the same.

After their feasts they will diet themselues, liuing sometimes eight daies more or lesse with the smoke of Tabacco. They are in nothing laborious but in hunting. They sow but so much as will serue them for six moneths, and that very hardly: during the Winter they retire, three or foure moneths space, into the woods, and there liue on A∣cornes, Fish, and Venison, They wash not themselues at meales, except they be mon∣strous foule, and then wipe on their owne or their dogges haires. Their entertaine∣ment is with small complement: the guest sits downe by his Host, if it bee the King, takes Tabacco, and then giues the pipe to him that he thinkes the worthiest person in the companie. They are dutifull to their Parents, obey their commandements, and nourish their persons in age. They vse humanitie to the wiues and children of their conquered enemies, but the men of defence they kill. Their chiefe hunting is in win∣ter; they carrie alwaies tinder-boxes with them, to strike fire when hunting is done, or night takes them. For they follow the game sometimes three daies together.

Their Dogges are like Foxes, which spend not, neuer giue ouer, and haue rackets tyed vnder their feet, the better to runne on the snow. They seeth the flesh in a tubbe of wood, by putting stones heated red hot therein. The womens dutie is to flay the beast and bring it home. The Ellan Doare, Stagge, and Beare, are their game. They take also with their hands Bevers, which are of a chest-nut colour, short legged, his forefeet haue open clawes, the hinder, finnes like a Goose, the tayle skaled, almost of the forme of a Sole-fish: it is the delicatest part of the beast. The head is short and round, with two rankes of iawes at the sides; and before, foure great teeth (two a∣boue and two beneath) with which he cuts downe small trees. He builds on the brinks of a Lake, cuts his wood, there with raiseth a Vault; and because the waters sometimes rise, he hath an vpper storie to betake himselfe to in such case: he builds it Pyramide∣wise, sometimes eight foot high, and daubes it with mud. Hee keepes his taile still in the water. They take him with their hands in a frost, one fraying him on the Ice, whiles an other seizeth on his neck. When one dies, they mourne for him long, euery cabin his day by course: after that, they burne all his goods, and burie the body in a graue: where when they haue placed him, euery one maketh a present of the best thing hee hath: as skinnes to couer him, bowes, kniues, or the like.

The Scuruie or Scorbuch much consumed the French in these parts, a disease that vsually attendeth euill diet, and much salt meates; which, and want of exercise con∣uenient, are the harbengers of this sicknesse, * 1.183 in long sieges and nauigations. Cartiers company were in a little time wonderfully cured hereof by a Tree like to Sassafras.

CHAP. V.

Of VIRGINIA.

LEauing New France, let vs draw nearer the Sunne to New Bri∣taine, whose Virgin soile not yet polluted with Spaniards lust, by our late Virgin-Mother, was iustly called Virginia. Whe∣ther shall I here beginne with Elogies or Elegies? Whether shall I warble sweet Carolls in praise of thy louely Face, thou fairest of Virgins, which from our other Britaine-World, hath wonne thee Wooers and Suters, not such as Leander, whose loues the Poets haue blazed for swimming ouer the Straits betwixt Sestos and Abydus, to his louely Hero; but, which for thy sake haue for-saken their Mother-earth, en∣countered the most tempestuous forces of the Aire, and so often ploughed vp Nep∣tunes Plaines, furrowing the angrie Ocean, and that to make thee of a ruder Vir∣gin, not a wanton Minion; but, an honest and Christian Wife? Or shall I change my accent, and plaine mee (for I know not of whom, to whom, to complaine) of those disaduentures, which these thy louely Louers haue sustayned in secking thy loue? What enuie, I know not, whether of Nature, willing to reserue this Nymph for the treasurie of her owne loue, testified by the many and continuall presents of a temperate Clymate, fruitfull Soile, fresh and faire Streames, sweet and holsome Aire, except neare the shore (as if her iealous policie had prohibited forraine Suters:) or of the sauage Inhabitants, vnworthie to embrace with their rustike armes so sweet a bosome, and to appropriate with greatest disparagement so faire a Virgin to Sauage Loues: or haply some conceiued indignitie, that some Parents should thither send their most vnruly Sonnes, and that our Britannia should make her Virginian lap to bee the voider, for her lewder and more disordered Inhabitants, whose ill parts haue made distastfull those kinder Offices of other our Britan Worthies, which else had beene long since with greatest gladnesse, and the recompense of her selfe entertay∣ned: Or whether it bee Virginian modestie, and after the vse of Virgins, shee would say nay at first, holding that loue surest in continuance, which is hardest in obtay∣ning: Whether any, or all of these, or what else hath hindered; hindered wee haue beene, and haue not yet obtay∣ned the full fruition of her Loue, and possession of her gainefull Dowrie, which yet now (more then euer before) shee seemeth to promise, and doubtlesse will quickly performe, if niggardise at home doe not hinder. And should men bee niggardly in this aduenture, where Nabal must needes verifie his name, where keeping looseth, aduenturing promiseth so faire a purchase? Miserie of our times, that miserable men should here want what they alreadie haue, and refuse to haue there, at no rate, abundant supply to their too miserable feares of want. Lift vp your eyes and see that brightnesse of Virginia's beautie: which the Mountaines lift vp themselues alwayes with wilde smiles to behold, sending downe siluer streames to salute her, which powre themselues greedily into her louely lap, and after many winding embracements, loth to depart, are at last swallowed of a more mightie cor∣riuall, the Ocean: Hee also sends Armies of Fishes to her coasts, to winne her Loue, euen of his best store, and that in store and abundance: the Mountaines out-bid the Ocean, in offering the secret store-houses of vndoubted mines: hee againe offereth pearles: and thus while they seeke to out-face each other with their puffed and bigge swollen cheekes, who shall get the Bride, the one laies hold on the Continent and de∣taines the same, maugre the Oceans furie, and hee againe hath gotten the Ilands all a∣long the coast, which he guardeth and keepeth with his waterie Garrisons. Virginia, betwixt these two sower-faced Suters, is almost distracted, and easily would giue en∣tertainement to English loue, and accept a New Britan appellation, if her Husband

be but furnished out at first in sorts and sutes, befitting her marriage solemnitie: all which her rich Dowrie would maintayne for euer after with aduantage.

And well may England ••ourt her, rather then any other Europaean Louers, in re∣gard of his long continued amitie, and first discouerie of her Lands and Seas: this by Sebastian Cabot with his English Mariners, a hundred and fifteene yeares since, and the other by Sir Walter Raleighs charge and direction, Anno Domini one thousand fiue hundred fourescore and foure.

Then, first of all Christians, did Master Philip Amadas, and Master Arthur Barlow, take possession in Queene Elizabeths name. The next yeare, that mirrour of Resolu∣tion, a 1.184 Sir Richard Greenvile, conuaied thither an English Colonie, which hee there left for plantation, vnder the gouernement of Master Ralphe Lane, which there con∣tinued vntill the eighteenth of Iune in the yeare following, and then (vpon some vr∣gent occasions) returned with Sir Francis Drake into England. Yet, had they staied but a little longer, a ship of Sir Walter Raleighs had supplyed their necessities: and soone after Sir Richard againe repayred thither with three ships, and then also left fifteene men more to keepe possession. In the yeare 1587. a second Colonie were sent vnder the gouernement of Master Iohn White. To their succour Sir Walter Ra∣leigh hath sent fiue seuerall times, the last b 1.185 by Samuel Mace of Weymouth, in March one thousand six hundred and two, but hee and the former performed nothing, but returned with friuolous allegations. The same yeare, Captaine Bartholomew Gos∣nold, and Captaine Gilbert, discouecred the North parts of Virginia, of which voyage Iohn Brereton c 1.186 hath written a Treatise. And in the yeare one thousand six hundred and fiue, Captaine George Waymouth made thither a prosperous voyage, and discoue∣red threescore miles vp a most excellent Riuer. His voyage was set forth-in print by Iames d 1.187 Rosier.

After this followed the plantation by the present Aduenturers, in the yeare one thousand six hundred and six e 1.188 , at which time a hundreth of our men were left there for the foundation of a New Britanian Common-wealth: and the East and West parts of England ioyned in one purpose of a two-fold plantation, in the North and South parts of Virginia.

True it is, that some emulations did euen then becloude that morning Starre, and some disastrous Comets did arise in that Hemisphaere, in place of better Starres, shi∣ning rather with combustion in ciuill broiles, and bralls, then comfortable illumi∣nation and influence to the common good: these disorders were attended with idle∣nesse of the most, sicknesse of many, and some dyed. A cleare skie did afterwards appeare in their agreement on the choise of Captaine Smith for their President, who hauing before fallen into the hands of the Virginians, had beene presented Prisoner to Powhatan, where hee tooke aduantage by that disaduantage, to acquaint himselfe with the State and condition of the Countrie and Inhabitants.

The Sauages were now in good termes with the English, their plantation at Iames Towne where they had built a Church and many Houses, in some reasonable manner flourished; the Countrie was with great paines and perills of the President further discouered; their Swine, Hennes, and other prouision, nourished; and some quanti∣tie of many commodities, as Furres, Dies, Mineralls, Sassafrasse, Sturgeon, and o∣ther thinges sent hither, in testimonie of their industrie and successe. And (not to mention other supplies,) Virginia grew now in such request * 1.189 , that nine Ships were furnished with the better part of fiue hundred men, to inhabite there, in the yeare one thousand six hundred and nine.

Sir Thomas Gates was appointed Lieutenant Generall; Sir George Sommers Ad∣mirall of Virginia, and were sent to reside there as Gouernours of the Colonie. But the Sea Venture, wherein the two Knights, and Captaine Newport, with a hundred and fiftie persons sayled, after long conflict with the two angrie Elements, was sent to be imprisoned in Bermuda, where betweene two Rocks the Ship split, the people escaping to Land. In the meane time g 1.190 the other three ships had landed their men

in Virginia, some of whom were such as had beene the emulous and enuious corri∣ualls of the President, which they then beganne to shew: and to second the same, a greater hurt by gunne-powder befell him, which forced him for his recouerie to set sayle for England, after he had liued there three yeares, maintayning himselfe and his that time principally, with such foode as the Countrie yeelded. Hee saith, he left be∣hinde at his returne fiue hundred men and women, three ships, seuen boats, two hun∣dred expert Souldiers, thirtie nine of their Weroances or Kings as Subiects and contri∣buters to the English, so farre subiect, that at his command they haue sent their sub∣iects to Iames Towne, to receiue correction at his appointment for wrongs done; and their Countries were free to the English for trauell or trade. But necessitie forced him to leaue the Countrie, which it forced the other appointed Gouernours not to finde. Hine illae lachrymae. Hence proceeded the disorder and confusion which after hapned amongst them. A great body was here, which acknowledged no head, and there∣fore grew vnweldie and distempered. Some sought for rule ouer others, which were ouer-ruled by vnruly passions of Ambition, and faction in themselues: others sought their ease, except sometimes they were ouer-busie in diseasing others, and deuou∣ring that which others had carefully laboured for: Ruine seiseth on the Church, Ra∣pine makes prey and spoile of the goods; Rauine deuoureth their beasts; Famine consumeth the men; Iniuries make the Indians their enemies; two of the ships pe∣rish vpon Vshant, and one man alone was left to bring home newes of their perish∣ing: the rest returne laden with letters of discouragement, painting our Famine, Se∣dition, and other Furies, which had broken loose amongst them, in the blackest co∣lours: which were sealed with report of the losse of their Admirall, to make vp the measure of mischiefe.

All this did not daunt the Noble spirit of h 1.191 that Resolute Lord, appointed Lord Gouernour, who in the beginning of Aprill one thousand six hundred and ten, set sayle from the coast of England, and on the ninth of Iune arriued safely at the disfor∣tified Fort in Virginia, where hee found the present State like to the Boxe i 1.192 of Pan∣dora, which Epimetheus had opened, and suffered all euill to flie out, reseruing only Hope, which he shut fast in the bottome.

All euills had now dispersed themselues, and made the Virginian Colonie a stage of Miserie: only Hope remained. But alas euen that also proued sick, and was readie to giue vp the Ghost, in the dangerous sicknesse, which befell that Noble k 1.193 Lord, which forced him after eight Moneths sicknesse, to returne for England againe. Hee shipped himselfe indeede for Meuis, an Iland in the West Indies, famous for whol∣some Bathes, but by Southerly windes was compelled to change his purpose, and at last to make home: hauing left Deputie Gouernor Captaine George Pearcie, a Gentle∣man of honour and resolution, with vpward of two hundred persons.

Almightie God that had thus farre tryed the patience of the English, would not suffer them to bee tempted aboue that they were able: and therefore in his secret proui∣dence, before any knowledge was here had of his Lordships sicknesse, had ordayned that Sir Thomas Dale should be furnisht out with a good supply of three ships, Men, Cattell, and many prouisions, all which arriued safe at the Colonie the tenth of May, one thousand six hundred and eleuen. Hee by his Letters, and the Lord Gouernour by his Relations, did animate the Aduenturers; the one protesting himselfe willing and readie to lay all that he was worth vpon the aduenture of the action, rather then so honourable a worke should faile, and to returne with all conuenient expedition, if their friendly indeauours would therein second his resolutions: the other l 1.194 writing that foure of the best Kingdomes in Christendome, put all together, may no way compare with this Countrie, either for commodities or goodnesse of soile. This sparke kindled in their hearts such constancie of zeale and forwardnesse, that they furnished out Sir Thomas Gates, (who had happily returned with the rest from Ber∣mudas) with six ships, three hundred men, and a hundred Kine, with other Cattell, Munition, and prouision of all sorts.

Sir Thomas Dale, hauing newes that it was a fleet of enemies, prepared himselfe and the rest to an encounter, but it ended with a common ioy, in the shaking of hands, and not of Pikes. Lawes are now made (for lawlesnesse had marred so much before) for the honour of God, frequenting the Church, obseruation of the Sabbath, reue∣rence to Ministers, obedience to Superiours, mutuall loue, honest labours, and a∣gainst adulterie, sactilege, wrong, and other vices, harbengers of Gods wrath and mans destruction. The Colonie consisted of seuen hundred men of sundrie arts and professions (few of them sick) which hauing left the Fort at Cape Henrie fortified and kept by Captaine Dauies, and the keeping of Iames Towne, to that noble and well deseruing Gentleman Master George Pearcie, is remoued vp the Riuer fourescore miles further beyond Iames Towne, to a place of higher ground, strong and defencible by nature, with good aire, plentie of Springs, much faire and open grounds freed from woods, and wood enough at hand. Here they burnt bricks, cut downe wood, and euery man falls to somewhat: they haue built, they say, competent houses, the first storie all of brick, that euery man may haue his lodging and dwelling by himselfe, with a sufficient quantitie of ground allotted thereto. Here also they were building an Hospitall with fourescore lodgings, and beds alreadie sent, for the sicke and lame, as the booke, called the New life of Virginia, relateth.

Thus haue I beene bold somewhat largely to relate the proceedings of this Planta∣tion, to supplant such slanders and imputations as some haue conceiued or receiued a∣gainst it, and to excite the diligence and industrie of all men of abilitie, to put to their helping hand in this action, so honourable in it selfe, glorious to God in the furthe∣rance of his truth, and beneficiall to the common-wealth, and to the priuate purses of the Aduenturers, if the blooming of our hopes bee not blasted with our negli∣gence.

For the description of the Countrie; Master Hakluyt from others relations in his third Volume of voyages hath written largely of those parts, discouered for Sir Walter Raleigh. Concerning the later, Captaine Iohn Smith, partly by word of mouth, part∣ly by his Mappe thereof in print, and more fully by a Manuscript which hee cour∣teously communicated to mee, hath acquainted me with that whereof himselfe with great perill and paine, had beene the discouerer, being in his discoueries taken Priso∣ner, and escaping their furie, yea receiuing much honour and admiration amongst them, by reason of his discourses to them of the motion of the Sunne, of the parts of the World, of the Sea, &c. which was occasioned by a Dyall then found about him. They carryed him prisoner to Powhatan, and there beganne the English acquain∣tance with that Sauage Emperour.

The summe of his obseruation in that and other discoueries since, concerning the Countrie, is this. Virginia is situate betweene foure and thirtie and foure and fortie degrees of Notherly latitude; the bounds whereof on the East side are the great O∣cean, Florida on the South, on the North Noua Francia: the Westerne limits are vn∣knowne. But that part which beganne to bee planted by the English, in the yeare one thousand six hundred and six, is vnder the degrees seuen and thirtie, eight and thirtie, and nine and thirtie.

The temperature agreeth with English bodies, not by other meanes distempered. The Sommer is hot as in Spaine, the Winter cold as in France and England: cer∣tayne coole Brizes doe asswage the vehemencie of the heat. The great Frost in the yeare one thousand six hundred and seuen reached to Virginia, but was recompenced with as mild a Winter with them the next yeare.

There is but one entrance by Sea into this Countrie, and that at the mouth of a very goodly Bay. The Capes on both sides are honoured with the names of our Bri∣tanian hopes, Prince Henrie, and Duke Charles; lightsome and delightsome rayes of that Sunne which shineth from this elder to that New Britania. The water floweth in this Bay neare two hundred miles, and hath a channell, for a hundred and fortie

miles, of depth, betwixt seuen and fifteene fadome; of breadth, ten or fourteene miles. At the head of the Bay, the Land is Mountainous, and so runneth by a South west line: from which Mountaines proceede certaine brookes which after come to fiue princi∣pall Nauigable Riuers. The Mountaines are of diuers compositions, some like mil∣stones, some of marble: and many peeces of crystall they found throwne downe by the waters, which also wash from the Rocks such glistering Tinctures, that the ground in some places seemeth gilded.

The colour of the earth in diuers places resembleth bole Armoniac, terra sigillata, and other such apparences: but generally is a black sandie mold. The Riuer next to the mouth of the Bay is Powhatan, the mouth whereof is neare three miles broade: it is Nauigable a hundred miles: falls, rocks, sholds, prohibite further Nauigation: hence Powhatan their greatest King hath his Title. In a Peninsula on the North-side thereof is situate Iames Towne.

The people inhabiting which haue their Weroances, are the Kecoughtans, which haue not past twentie fighting men. The Paspaheghes, haue fortie. Chichahamania, two hundred. The Weanocks, a hundred. The Arrowhatocks, thirtie. The Place cal∣led Powhatan, fortie. The Appamatucks, threescore. The Quryoughcohanocks, fiue and twentie. The Warraskoyacks, fortie. The Nandsam••nds, two hundred. The Chesapeacks, a hundred. The Chickahama••••ians are not gouerned by a Weroance, but by the Priests. No place affordeth more Sturgeon in Sommer, (of which at one draught haue beene taken threescore and eight) nor in Winter more Fowle. Four∣teene miles from Powhatan is the Riuer Pamaunk, nauigable with greater Vessells, not aboue threescore and ten miles. Toppahanock is nauigable a hundred and thir∣tie miles; Patamomeke, a hundred and twentie. To speake of Powtuxunt, Bolus, and other Riuers on the East side of the Bay: likewise, of diuers places which receiued name by some accident, as Fetherstones Bay, so called of the death of one of ours there happening, and the like: or to mention the numbers which euery people can make, would exceede our scope, and the Readers patience. Captaine Smiths Mappe may somewhat satisfie the desirous, and his booke when it shall bee printed, further. This the Captaine saith, that hee hath beene in many places of Asia and Europe, in some of Africa and America, but of all, holds Virginia by the naturall endowments, the fittest place for an earthly Paradise. Master Thomas Hariot m 1.195 hath largely descri∣bed the commodities which the Water and Earth yeeld (set forth also in Latin with exquisite pictures by Theodore de Bry) in the relations of Brereton & Rosier, and others.

There is a grasse which yeeldeth silke, beside tht store of silke-wormes. Hemp and Flax surpassing ours in growth and goodnesse, exceeded by a new-found stuffe of a certaine sedge or water-flagge, which groweth infinitely, and with little paines of boiling yeeldeth great quantitie of sundrie sorts of skeines of good strength and length, some like silke, and some like flax, and some a courser sort, as hemp.

There is also a rich veine of Allum, of Terra Sigillata, Pitch, Tarre, Rozen, Tur∣pentine, Sassafras, Cedar, Grapes, Oile, Yron, Copper, and the hope of better Mines, Pearle, sweet Gummes, Dies, timber Trees of sweet wood for profit and plea∣sure, of which kinde haue beene discouered foureteene seuerall kinds. Neither is it needfull that here I relate the commodities of Virginia for food in Fowles, Beasts, Fishes, Fruits, Plants, Hearbs, Beries, Graines, especially their Maiz, which yeeldeth incredible recompence for a little labour. One acre of ground will yeeld with good husbandrie two hundred bushels of corne. They haue two rootes n 1.196 ; the one for me∣dicinall vse to cure their hurts, called Weighsacan, the other called Tockawhough, growing like a flagge, of the greatnesse and tast of a Potato, which passeth a fierie pur∣gation before they may eate it, being poison whiles it is raw. Yet in all this abun∣dance our men haue had small store but of want, and no fire nor water could purge that poyson which was rooted in some, to the hinderance of the plantation. Idlenesse in the vulgar, emulation, ambition, and couetousnesse in some of the grea∣ter, treacherie in some fugitiues, all these ayming more at their owne ends then at the

common good, haue from the beginning (I pray God it be, and I hope now is, ended) beene the poison to this honourable plantation.

The chiefe beasts of Virginia are Beares, lesse then those in other places, Deare like ours, Aroughcun much like a Badger, but liuing on trees like a Squirrell: Squir∣rells, as bigge as Rabbets, and other flying Squirrells, called Assapanick, which sprea∣ding out their legges and skinnes seeme to flie thirtie or fortie yards at a time. The Ouassom hath a head like a Swine, a taile like a Rat, as bigge as a Cat, and hath vnder her belly a bagge wherein shee carryeth her yong. Their Dogges barke not, their Wolues are not much bigger then our Foxes, their Foxes are like our siluer-haired Conies, and smell not like ours. They haue Eagles, Haukes, wild Turkeys, and o∣ther Fowle, and Fish, which here to repeat would to some nice fastidious stomacks breede a fullnesse.

They are a people o 1.197 clothed with loose mantles made of Deere skinnes, and aprons of the same, round about their middles, all else naked: of stature like to vs in England. They vse to paint themselues, and their children, he is the most gallant which is most monstrous. Their women imbroder their legges, handes, &c. with diuers workes, as of Serpents, and such like, with blacke spots in the flesh.

Their houses are made of small poles, made fast at the top, in round forme, as is v∣sed in many arbours with vs: couered with barkes or mats, twice as long as they are broade.

CHAP. VI.

Of the Religion and Rites of the Virginians.

NOw for the manners and rites of the people, thus hath Master Hariot a 1.198 reported. They beleeue that there are many Gods, which they call Mantoac, but of different sorts and degrees: one only chiefe and great God, which hath beene from all eternitie. Who, as they af∣firme, when hee purposed to make the world, made first other Gods of a principall order, to bee as meanes and instruments to bee vsed in the Creation and gouernement to follow: and after, the Sunne, Moone, and Starres, as petty Gods, and the instruments of the other order more principall.

First, they say, were made waters, out of which by the Gods was made all diuersi∣tie of Creatures, that are visible or inuisible. For mankinde, they say, a woman was made first, which by the working of one of the Gods, conceiued and brought forth children. And in such sort they say they had their beginning: But how many yeares or ages haue passed since, they say, they can make no relation: hauing no letters, nor other meanes to keepe records of times past, but only Tradition from Father to Sonne. They thinke that all the Gods are of humane shape, and therefore they represent them by Images, in the formes of men, which they call Kewasowok: one alone is cal∣led Kewas. Them they place in Houses or Temples, which they call Machicomuck, where they worship, pray, sing, and make many times offerings vnto them. In some Machicomuck we haue seene but one Kewas, in some two, in other three. They be∣leeue the immortalitie of the soule: that after this life, as soone as the soule is depar∣ted from the bodie, according to the workes it hath done, it is either carried to h∣aeuen the habitacle of Gods, there to enioy perpetuall blisse and happinesse: or else to a great pit or hole, which they thinke to bee in the furthest parts of their part of the world toward the Sunne-set, there to burne continually. This place they call Popo∣gusso. For the confirmation of this opinion they tell tales of men dead and reuiued a∣gaine, much like to the Popish Legends.

Thus they tell of one, whose graue the next day after his buriall was seene to moue,

and his body was therefore taken vp againe: who reported, that his soule had beene very neare the entring into Popogusso, had not one of the Gods saued him, and giuen him leaue to returne againe, and teach his friends how to auoide that terrible place. They tell of an other, which being taken vp in that manner; related, that his soule was aliue while his body was in the graue, and that it had trauailed farre in a long broade way, on both sides whereof grew most delicate pleasant Trees, bearing more rare and excellent fruits then euer he had seene before, or was able to expresse: and at length came to most braue and faire houses, neare which hee met his Father, that had beene dead before, who gaue him great charge to goe backe againe, and shew his friends what good they were to doe to enioy the pleasures of that place, which when hee had done, he should after come againe.

What subtiltie soeuer be in their Wiroances b 1.199 and Priests, the vulgar are hereby ve∣ry respectiue to their Gouernours, and carefull of their manners: although they haue also in criminall cases, punishments inflicted according to the qualitie of the offence. This I learned by speciall familiaritie with some of their Priests, wherein they were not so sure grounded, but that they lent open eare to ours, with doubting of their owne.

The c 1.200 Priests in Secota haue their haire on the crowne like a Combe, the rest being cut from it: only a fore-top on the forehead is left, and that Combe. They haue a garment of skinnes peculiar to their function. They are great Wisards.

Our artificiall Workes, Fire-workes, Gunnes, Writing, and such like, they estee∣med the workes of Gods, rather then of Men, or at least taught vs by the Gods. They bare much respect to our Bibles. When the Wiroans was sick, hee sent to vs to pray for him. Some were of opinion that wee were not mortall, nor borne of Wo∣men, but that we were men of an old Generation many yeares past, then risen againe to immortalitie: some would likewise seeme to prophecie that there were more of our generation yet to come, to kill theirs, and take their places: which were now in the Aire inuisible, and without bodies, and that they by our entreatie did make men to die which had wronged vs.

They haue d 1.201 their Idoll in the inner-most roome of their house, of whom they tell incredible things. They carrie it with them when they goe to the Warres, and aske counsell thereof, as the Romans did of their Oracles. They sing songs as they march towards the battell, in stead of Drummes and Trumpets: their warres are bloudie, and haue wasted much of their people.

A certaine King called Piemacum, hauing inuited many men and women of the Sc∣contans to a feast, whiles they were merrie and praying before their Idoll, came vp∣on them and slew them. When e 1.202 one of their Kings had conspired against the En∣glish, a chiefe man about him said, that we were the seruants of God, and not subiect to be destroyed by them: and that wee, being dead men, could doe more hurt then while wee were aliue. They vse to solemnize certaine moneths-mindes in their Sa∣uage manner for any great personage dead. Iames f 1.203 Rosier from the relation of Owen Griffin, an eye-witnesse, thus tells of their ceremonies. One among them, the eldest as he iudged, riseth right vp, the other sitting still: and looking about, suddenly cried with a loud voice, Baugh, Waugh: then the women fall downe, and lie vpon the ground: and the men all together answering the same, fall a stamping round about the fire, with both feet, as hard as they can, making the ground shake, with sundrie out-cries, and change of voice and sound. Many take the fire-sticks and thrust them into the earth: and then rest a while. Of a sudden they beginne as before, and con∣tinue so stamping till the yonger sort fetched from the shore many stones, of which euery man tooke one, and first beat vpon them with their fire-sticks, then with the stones beat the earth with all their strength. And in this manner they continued aboue two houres. After this ended, they, which had wiues, tooke them a-part, and with∣drew themselues seuerally into the wood. This seemed to bee their euening de∣uotion.

When they g 1.204 haue obtained some great deliuerance from danger, or returne from Warre, they obserue a publike and solemne reioicing by making a great fire, encom∣passed with the men and women promiscuously, all of them with Rattles in their hands making a great noise.

They hold one time in the yeare festiuall, and then they meete together out of many Villages, euery one hauing a certaine marke or Character on his backe, where∣by it may bee discerned whose Subiect hee is. The place where they meete is spa∣cious, and round about are set postes, carued with the resemblance of a Nunnes head: in the midds are three of the fairest Virgins louingly embracing and clas∣ping each other: about this liuing Center, and Artificiall circle, they daunce in their sa∣uage manner.

Their Idol called Kiwasa, is made of wood fower foote high, the face resembling the inhabitants of Florida, painted with flesh colour, the brest white, the other parts blacke, except the legges which are spotted with white; hee hath chaines or strings of beades about his necke.

This Idoll is in Socota, as it were the keeper of the dead bodies of their Kings. In their Temples are houses of publike deuotion, they haue two, three, or more of them, set in a darke place. The dead bodies of their Wiroances are kept on certaine Scaffolds nine or ten foote high, this Kiwasa their guardian beeing placed with them: and vnderneath dwelleth a Priest which night and day there numbreth his deuotions.

But let vs take view of our last Colonies obseruations. Captaine Smith, h 1.205 was taken by the Virginians, and while hee stayed amongst them obserued these their magicall Rites. Three or foure daies after his taking, seuen of their Priestes in the house where he lay, each with a Rattle, (setting him by them) began at ten of the clocke in the morning, to sing about a fire, which they inuironed with a circle of Meale, at the end of euery song, (which the chiefe Priest began, the rest following) laying downe two or three Graines of Wheate: and after they had thus laide downe six or seuen hundred in one Circle, accounting their songes by Graines, as the Papists their Orisons by Beades, they made two or three other circles in like manner, and put at the end of euery song, betwixt euery two, or three, or fiue Graines, a little sticke. The High Priest disguised with a great skinne, his head hung round with little skinnes of Weasils, and other Vermine, with a crownet of Feathers, painted as vgly as the Diuell, at the end of each song vseth strange and ves••ement gestures, casting great Cakes of Deare∣suet, and Tobacco into the Fire: thus till six of the clocke in the euening, they conti∣nued these howling deuotions, and so held on three daies. This they pretended to doe, to know if any more of his countreymen would arriue, and what hee there in∣tended. They so fedd this our Authour, that he much misdoubted, that hee should haue beene sacrificed to the Quiyoughquosicke, which is a Superiour power they worship, then the Image whereof a more vgly thing cannot be described. To cure the sicke, a certaine man with i 1.206 a little Rattle, vsing extreme howlings, shouting, singing, with diuers anticke and strange behauiours ouer the Patient, sucketh bloud out of his stomacke, or diseased place.

Not much vnlike to that ratling deuotion of their exorcising Priests, (at least in absurditie) was that entertainement k 1.207 which Powhatans women gaue the said Cap∣taine then beeing free and President of the company, at Werowocomoco; Where thirtie of them came out of the Woodes naked, onely couered behinde and be∣fore, with a few greene leaues, their bodies painted, but with some difference each from other: the leader of these Nymphs resembled both Actaeon and Diana, hauing on her head a faire paire of Stagges hornes, and a quiuer of Arrowes at her backe, with bow and Arrowes in her hand: The rest followed all horned alike, weaponed with vnlike instruments: these (as if they had beene the infernall guard, comming with Cer∣berus to welcome Proferpina to her Palace) rushed from the trees with hellish shoutes and cries, dancing about a fire, which there was made for that purpose: and after an houre thus spent, they departed.

Then did they solemnely inuite him to their lodging, where he was no sooner come, but all rounded about him with tedious kindnesse, crying loue you not mee? This sa∣lutation ended, which Pan and all his Satyres would haue accepted, they feasted him with plentie and varietie, some singing and dancing whiles others attended: and at last led him with a fire-brand in stead of a torch to his lodging.

When they l 1.208 intend any wars; the Weroances or Kings consult first with the Priests and Coniurers. And no people haue there beene found so sauage which haue not their Priests, Gods, and Religion. All things that are able to hurt them beyond their preuention, they after their sort adore, as the Fire, Water, Lightning, Thunder, our Ordnance, Peeces, Horses: Yea, Captaine Smith told mee; that they seeing one of the English Bores in the way, were stricken with awfull feare, because hee brisled vp himselfe and gnashed his teeth, and tooke him for the God of the Swine, which was offended with them.

The chiefe God they worship is the Deuill, which they call Oke. They haue con∣ference with him, and fashion themselues vnto his shape. In their Temples they haue his Image ill-sauouredly made, painted, adorned with chaines, copper, and beads, and couered with a skinne. By him is commonly the Sepulchre of their Kings; whose bodies are first bowelled, then dryed on a hurdle, and haue about the ioynts chaines of copper, beads, and other like trash; then lapped in white skinnes, and rowled in mats, and orderly entombed in arches made of mats, the remnant of their wealth being set at their feet. These Temples and Bodies are kept by their Priests. For their ordinarie burialls, they digge a deepe hole in the earth with sharpe stakes, and the corps being wrapped in skinnes and mats with their iewells, they lay them vpon sticks in the ground, and couer them with earth. The buriall ended, the women hauing their faces painted with black cole and oile, sit foure and twentie houres in the houses mourning and lamenting by turnes, with yellings and howlings. Euery Ter∣ritorie of a Weroance hath their Temples and Priests. Their principall Temple is at Vttamussack in Pamaunk, where Powhatan hath an house vpon the top of certaine sandie hils in the woods. There are three great houses filled with Images of their Kings and Deuills, and Tombes of their Predecessours. Those houses are neare threescore foot long, built, after their fashion, arbour-wise. This place is in such estimation of holinesse, that none but the Priests and Kings dare enter: yea, the Sauages dare not passe by in boats without casting copper, beads, or somewhat into the Riuer.

Here are commonly resident seuen Priests: the chiefe differed from the rest in his ornaments: the other can hardly be knowne from the common people, but that they haue not so many holes at their eares to hang their iewels at. The high-Priests head∣tire is thus made. They take a great many Snakes skinnes stuffed with mosse, as also of Weasils and other Vermines skinnes, which they tie by their tailes, so that all the tailes meete on the top of the head like a great Tassell. The faces of their Priests are painted as vgly as they can deuise: in their hands they haue rattells, some Base, some Treble.

Their deuotion is most in songs which the chiefe Priest beginneth, the rest follow∣ing: sometime hee maketh inuocations with broken sentences, by starts and strange passions, and at euery pause the other giue a short grone. It cannot be perceiued that they haue any set holy dayes: only, in some great distresse of want, feare of enemies, times of triumph, and of gathering their fruits, the whole, Countrie, Men, Women, and Children, assemble to their solemnities. The manner of their deuotion is some∣times, to make a great fire, all singing and dancing about the same with rattles and shouts, foure or fiue houres: sometimes they set a man in the midst, and dance and sing about him, he all the while clapping his hands, as if hee would keepe time: after this, they goe to their feasts. They haue certaine Altar-stones, which they call Pawcorances, standing from their temples, some by their houses, others in the woods & wildernesses; vpon which they offer bloud, Deer-suet, & Tobacco. This they doe when they returne from the warres, from their huntings, and on other occasions. When the waters are rough in stormes, their coniurers runne to the waters sides, or passe in their boats,

and after many hellish out-cries and inuocations, cast Tobacco, Copper, Pocones, or such trash into the water, to pacifie that GOD whom they thinke to bee very angry in those stormes. Before their dinners and Suppers the better sort will take the first bitt, and cast it into the fire, which is all the grace they are knowne to vse. In some part of the countrey they haue yearely a sacrifice of children: such an one was performed at Quiyonghcohanock some ten miles from Iames-towne in this manner.

Fifteene of the properest yong boyes betweene ten and fifteene yeares of age they painted white: Hauing brought them forth, the people spent the forenoone in dancing and singing about them with Rattles: in the afternoone they put these children to the roote of a tree, all the men standing to guard them, each with a Bastinado of Reedes bound together, in his hand. Then doe they make a Lane betweene them all along, through which there were appointed fiue young men to fetch these children. Each of these fetcheth a child, the guard laying on with their bassinadoes, while they with their naked bodies defend the children to their great smart. All this time the women weepe and cry out very passionately, prouiding Mosle, Skinnes, Matts, and dry wood, as things fitting the childrens Funerall. When the children are in this manner fetched away, the Guard teares downe trees, branches, and boughes, making wreathes for their heads, or bedecking their haire with the leaues. What else was done with the children was not seene, but they were all cast on a heape in a Valley, as dead, where was made a great Feast for all the company. The Werowance beeing demanded the meaning of this Sa∣crifice, answered, that the children were not all dead, but that the Oke or Diuel did suck the bloud from their left brest, who chanced to be his by Lott, till they were dead, but the rest were kept in the Wildernesse by the Yong men, till nine Moones were expired, during which time they must not conuerse with any, and of these were made their Priestes, and coniurers. This Sacrifice they held to be so necessarie, that if they should omitt it, their Oke or Diuell, and their other Quiyoughcosughes or Gods, would let them haue no Deare. Turkies, Corne, or Fish; and would besides make a great slaughter a∣mongst them. They thinke that their Werowances and Priestes, which they also e∣steeme Quiyoughcosughes, when they are dead, doe goe beyond the Mountaines to∣wards the setting of the Sunne, and euer remaine there in forme of their Oke, hauing their heads painted with Oile & Pocones m 1.209 finely trimmed with Feathers, and shall haue Beades, Hatchets, Copper, and Tobacco, neuer ceasing to dance and sing with their predecessours. The common people, they suppose, shall not liue after death. Some sought to conuert them from these superstitions: the Werowance of Quiyoughcohanocke was so farre perswaded as that he prosfessed to beleeue that our God exceeded theirs, as much as our Gunnes did their Bowes and Arrowes: and many times did send to the President many presents, intreating him to pray to his n 1.210 God for raine, for his God would not send him any.

The Wirowance of Acawmacke told our men of a strange accident: two children beeing dead, and buried, being reuiewed by the patents, seemed to haue liuely and cheerefull countenances, which caused many to behold them, and none of the behol∣ders escaped death.

The Sasquesahanockes are a Gyantly people, strange in proportion, behauiour, and attire, their voice founding from them as out of a Caue: their attire of Beares skinnes, hanged with Beares pawes, the head of a Wolfe, and such like Iewels: and (if any would haue a Spoone to eate with the Diuell) their Tobacco-pipes were three quarters of a yard long, carued at the great end with a Bird, Beare, or other deuice, suf∣ficient to beate out the braines of a horse (and how many Asses braines are beaten out, or rather mens braines smoked out, and Asses haled in by our lesse Pipes at home?) the the rest of their furniture was sutable. The calfe of one of their legges was measured three quarters of a yard about, the rest of his limmes proportionable. With much a∣doe restrained they this people from worshipping our men. And o 1.211 when our men pray∣ed (according to their daily Custome) and sung a Psalme, they much wondred: and after began in most passionate manner to holde vp their hands to the Sunne, vvith a Song: then embracing the Captaine they began to adore him in like manner, and so

proceeded (notwithstanding his rebuking them) till their song was ended: which done, one with a most strange action and vncomely voice began an Oration of their loues. That ended, with a great painted Beares skinne they couered the Captaine, ano∣ther hung about his necke a chaine of white Beades. Others laide eighteene mantels at his feete, with many other ceremonies to create him their Gouernour, that he might defend them against the Massa-womekes their enemies. As these are very great, so the Wighcocomocoes are very little.

I may also here insert the ridiculous conceits which some Virginians hold, concer∣ning their first originall, as I haue heard from the relation of an English p 1.212 youth, which liued long amongst the Sauages: that a Hare came into their countrey and made the first men, and after preserued them from a great Serpent: and when two other Hares came thither, that Hare for their entertainment killed a Deare, which was then the onely Deare that was, and strewing the haires of that Deares Hide, euery haire proued a Deare. He said they worshipped towards a certaine Hoope or Sphere doubled a-crosse, which was set vpon an heape of stones in their houses. They had a house without the towne for the women, in the time of their naturall sicknes to keepe in, where no men might come,

The Virginians q 1.213 are borne white: their haire blacke; few haue beards: the vvomen with two shells are their Barbars: they are strong nimble, and hardy, inconstant, timo∣rous, quicke of apprehension, cautelous, couetous of Copper and Beades; they seldome forget an iniury, and seldome steale from each other, least the coniurers should bewray them, which it is sufficient that these thinke they can doe. They haue their lands and gardens in proper, and most of them liue of their labour.

In each eare commonly they haue three great holes, whereat they hang chaines, bracelets, or copper: some weare in those holes a small Snake coloured greene and yel∣low, neare halfe a yard long, which crawling about his neck, offereth to kisse his lippes. Others weare a dead Rat tied by the taile. Their names are giuen them according to the humour of the Parents. Their women they say are easily deliuered: they wash in the Riuers their yong Infants to make them hardy. The women and children doe the houshould and field-worke, the men disdaining the same, and onely delighting in fishing, hunting, warres, and such man-like exercises: the women plant, reape, beare burthens, pound their corne, make Baskets, potts, their bread, and doe their Cookerie and other businesse.

Powhatan had aboue thirtie Commanders, or Wirrowances vnder him, all which were not in peace onely, but seruiceable in Captaine Smiths presidencie, to the English, and still as I haue been told by some that haue since beene there, they doe affect him, and will aske of him. Powhatan hath three brethren, and two sisters, to whom the in∣heritance belongeth successiuely, and not to his or their sonnes till after their death, and then the eldest Sisters sonne inheriteth. He hath his treasure of skinnes, Copper, pearles, beades, and such like, kept in a house for that purpose, and there stored against the time of his buriall. This house is fiftie or threescore yardes long, frequented onely by Priests. At the foure corners of this house stand foure images as Sentinels, one of a Dragon, an other of a Beare, a third of a Leopard, and the fourth of a Gyant. Hee hath as many women as he will, which when hee is weary of, he bestoweth on whom he best liketh. His will, and Custome are the lawes. He executeth ciuill punishments on malefactors, as broiling to death, being encompassed with fire, and other tortures. The other Wi∣rowances, or Commanders (so the word signifieth) haue power of life and death; and haue, some twenty men, some fortie, some a hundred, some many more vnder their command. Some were sent to enquire for those which were left of Sir Walter Rawleighs Colony, but they could learne nothing of them but that they were dead.

CHAP. VII.

Of Florida.

NExt to Virginia towards the South is situate Florida, a 1.214 so called because it was first discouered by the Spaniards on * 1.215 Palme-sunday, or, at the most interpret, Easter-day, which they call Pasqua Florida: and not, as Theuet writeth, for the flourishing Verdure thereof. The first b 1.216 finder after their account was Iohn Ponce of Leon, in the yeare 1512. but wee haue before shewed that Sebastian Cabota had discouered it in the name of King Henry the seuenth of England. The length of this Region extendeth to the fiue and twentith degree. It runneth out into the Sea with a long point of land, as if it would either set barres to that swift current which there runneth out, or point out the dangers of those coasts to the Hazardous Mariners.

Into the Land it stretcheth Westward vnto the borders of New-Spaine, and those other countries which are not fully knowne: other where it is washed with a dangerous Sea, which separateth Cichora, Baliama, & Lucaiae from the same. Iohn Ponce c 1.217 aforesaid hearing a rumour of a prodigious well, which (as the Poets tell of Medea) would make olde men become young againe, plaid the yongling to goe search it six monethes toge∣ther, and in that inquirie discouers this Continent: and repairing into Spaine, obtai∣neth this Prouince with the Title of Adelantado. He returned with a Nauie and band of Souldiours, but at his landing was so welcomed by the Floridians, that many of his men were slaine, and himselfe wounded vnto death. * 1.218 Pamphilo de Naruaes had no bet∣ter successe: hee entred Florida, 1527. Cabeca, Denaca, and some of his company, after long captiuitie, escaped

Pamphilo carried with him six hundred men: about the Riuer of Palmes, his ships were wracked, and most of the Spaniards drowned. A few escaped drowning but twelue fell madde, & like Dogs, sought to worrie each other. Scarsely ten returned into Spaine. These comming to Mexico, reported that they had restored three dead men to life: I rather beleeue, saith Benzo, that they killed foure quicke men.

Don Ferdinando de Soto d 1.219 enriched with the spoiles of Atibaliba King of Peru, In which action hee was a Captaine and horseman, here found place to spend that which there he had gotten. For hauing obtained the gouernment of Florida, and gathered a band of six hundred men for that expedition, in it hee spent fiue yeares searching for mineralls, till hee lost himselfe. Iulian Samado, and Ahuma∣da made sute for the like graunt, but could not obtaine it. Frier Luys de Beluastro, and other Dominikes had vndertaken by the way of preaching to haue reduced the Floridians to Christianitie, and the Spanish obedience, and were sent at the Em∣perours charge, but no sooner set foote on shore, then hee and two of his com∣panions were taken by the Sauages, and cruelly slaine and eaten, their shauen skalpes being hanged vp in their Temple for a monument. This happened in the yeare 1549. In the yeare 1524. Francis the first, the French King had sent Iohn e 1.220 de Verrazano hither, but because he rather sought to discouer all along the coast then to search or settle within Land I passe him ouer. In the yeare 1562. That wor∣thy of France, f 1.221 Chastillon, Champion of Religion and of his countrie, sent Cap∣taine Iohn Ribault to discouer and Plant in these parts, which his Voyage & Plan∣tation is written by Rene g 1.222 Landonniere, one employed therein. He left Captaine Albert there with some of his company, who built a fort called Charles Fort: but this Albert was slaine in a mutiny by his Souldiours, and they returning home were so pursued by Famine, the Pursuiuant of Diuine Iustice, that after their shooes and Leather Ierkins eaten (their drinke being Sea water or their owne Vrine) they kil∣led and eate vp one of their owne company. Laudonniere was sent thither againe to inhabite, Anno 1564. and the next yeare Ribauls was sent to supply his place.

But vncouth * 1.223 . Famine had so wasted and consumed the French, before his arriuall, that the very bones of most of the Souldiours pierced through their starued skinnes in many places of their bodies, as if they would now trust the empty hands no longer, but would become their owne purueyours, and looke out for themselues. And yet better it is to fall into the hands of God, then of mercilesse Men: Famine being but a meere Execu∣tioner to Gods iustice, but these executing also a diuellish malice. Such were the Spa∣niards, who were sent thither vnder the conduct of Don Pedro Melendes, which mas∣sacred all of euery Sexe and age, which they found in the Fort: & Ribault, being cast by ship wracke on the shore, and receiued of Vallemandus the Spaniard, with promises of all kindnes, was cruelly murthered with all his company, except some few which they reserued for their owne emploiments. The manner of it is at large handled by h 1.224 Landinniere, i 1.225 by Morgues, by Challusius, k 1.226 which were as brands by diuine hand plucked out of this Spanish combustion. The Petition or Supplication put l 1.227 vp by the Orphanes, Widowes, and distressed kindred of that massacred number to Charles the ninth, mentioneth nine hundred, which perished in this bloudy deluge.

The Spaniards hauing laide the foundations of their habitation in bloud, sound it too slipperie to build any sure habitation thereon. For their cruelties both to the French and Floridians were retorted vpon themselues, in the yeare 1567. by m 1.228 M. Dominique de Gorgnes, and his associates, assisted by the Natiue Inhabitants, and Flo∣rida was left destitute of Christian inhabitants. Thus hath Florida beene first cour∣ted by the English, wooed by the Spanish, almost wonne by the French, and yet remaines a rich and beautifull Virgin, vvaiting till the neighbour Virginia bestow on her an English Bridegroome, who as making the first loue, may lay the iustest chal∣lenge vnto her.

Her riches are such that n 1.229 Cabeza de Vaca, (who was one of Naruaes wracked com∣pany, and Sotos Corriuall in this Floridian sute, and had trauelled through a great part of the In-land) affirmed to Charles the Emperour, that Florida was the richest countrie of the world, and that he had therein seene Gold and Siluer, and stones of great value. Be∣sides there is great varietie of o 1.230 Trees, Fruits, Fowles, Beasts, Beares, Leopards, Ounces, Wolues, wilde Dogges, Goates, Hares, Conies, Deere, Oxen with woollic-Hides, Camels backes, and horses manes. Our discourse hath most right vnto their rites. For their many cities, the manner of their building, the manners of their inhabi∣tants I would not be so long. Morgues p 1.231 hath let vs see them in the pictures.

They wall or impale them with postes fastned in the ground, the circle as of a snaile comming within that point where it beganne, and leauing a way but for two men to enter; at either end of that double empaling or entrance, stand two watch-towers, one within the other without the Citie, where Watch-men alway are set for defence: their houses are round: their apparell nakednesse, except a beasts skinne, or some or∣nament of Mosse about their secret parts. They paint and rase their skinnes with great cunning; the smart makes them sicke seuen or eight daies after; they rubb ouer those rased workes, with a certaine hearbe, which coloureth the fame so as it cannot be done away. They paint their faces, and their skinnes cunningly (this Morgues a Pain∣ter beeing iudge) euen to admiration. They let the nailes on their toes and fingers grow long: they are tall, nimble, comely.

They warre q 1.232 alway one countrey vpon another, and kill all the men they can take, the women and children they bring vp: they cutt off the haire of the head together with the skinne, and dry it to reserue the same as a monument of their valour. After their returne from the Warres, if they bee victorious they make a solemne. Feast which lasteth three daies, with daunces and songs to the honour of the Sunne. For the Sunne and Moone are their Deities. Their Priests are Magicians also & Physitians with them. They haue many Hermaphrodites, which are put to great drudgerie, and made to beare all their carriages. In necessity they will eate coles, and put sand in their pottage. Three moneths in the yere they forsake their houses, & liue in the woods: against this time they haue made their prouision of victuall, drying the same in the smoke. They meet in cōsul∣tatiō euery morning in a great cōmon house, whither the King resorteth & his senators,

which after salutations sit downe in a round. They consult with the Iawas or Priest. And after this they drinke Cassine, which is very hote, made of the leaues of a certaine Tree, which none may tast that bath not before made his valour euident in the warres. It sets them in a sweat, and taketh away hunger and thirst foure & twenty houres after. When a King dieth, they bury him very solemnly, and vpon his graue they set the cup wherein he was wont to drinke: and round about the graue they sticke many Arrowes, wee∣ping and fasting three daies together without ceassing. All the Kings which were his friends, make the like mourning: and in token of their loue cutt off halfe their haire (which they otherwise weare long, knit vp behinde) both men and women. During the space of six Moones (so they reckon their monethes) there are certaine women appoin∣ted which bewaile his death, crying with a loude voice thrice a day, at Morning, Noone, and Euening. All the goods of this King are put into his house, which afterwards they set on fire. The like is done with the goods of the Priests, who are buried in their houses, and then both house and goods burned.

The women r 1.233 that haue lost their husbands in the Warres present themselues before the King sitting on their heeles with great lamentations sueing for reuenge & they with other widowes spend some daies in mourning at their husbands graues, and carry thi∣ther the cup wherein he had wont to drinke: they cut also their haire neere the eares, strewing the same in the sepulcher. There they cast also their weapons. They may not marry againe till their haire be growne that it may couer their shoulders.

When any is sicke they lay him flat on a forme, and with a sharpe shell rasing off the skinne of his forehead, sucke out the bloud with their mouths, spitting it out into some vessell. The women that giue sucke, or are great with childe come to drinke the same, especially if it be of a lusty young man, that their milke may be bettered, and the childe, thereby nourished, may be stronger.

Ribault s 1.234 at his first being there had fixed a certaine Pillar of stone, engrauen with the Armes of France on a hill in an Iland, which Laudonniere at his comming found the Flo∣ridians worshipping as their Idol, with kisses, kneeling, and other deuotions. Before the same lay diuers offerings of fruits of the country, rootes (which they vsed either for foode or physicke) vessels full of sweet oiles, with bowes and Arrowes. It was gyrt a∣bout with Garlands of flowers, and boughes of the best trees, from the top to the bot∣tome, King Athore himselfe performed the same honour to this pillar, that he receiued of his subiects. This King Athore was a goodly personage, higher by a foote and halfe then any of the French, representing a kinde of maiestie and grauitie in his demeanure. He had married his owne mother, and had by her diuers children of both sexes; but after she was espoused to him, his father Satourioua, did not touch her.

This t 1.235 Satourioua when he went to warre, in the presence of the French vsed these ce∣remonies: The Kings his coadi••tors sitting around, hee placed himselfe in the midst, at his right hand had a fire, and at his left two vessels full of water. Then did hee expresse Indignation and anger in his lookes, gestures, hollow murmurings, and loude cries, an∣swered with the like from his souldiours: and taking a woodden dish, turned himselfe to the Sunne as thence desiring victorie, and that as he now shed the water in the dish, so hee might shed the bloud of his enemies. Hurling therefore the water with great violence into the aire, and therewith be sprinkling his souldiours he said, Doe you thus with the bloud of our enemies: and powring the water which was in the other vessel on the fire, so (saith he) may you extinguish your foes, and bring backe the skinnes of their heads. Outina u 1.236 or Vtina another King was an enemie to this Sataurioua: he in his ex∣pedition which he made against his enemies (wherein hee was assisted by the French) consulted with this Magician about his successe. He espying a French mans Target, de∣maundeth the same, and (in the mids of an armie) placeth it on the ground, drawing a circle fiue foote ouer about it, adding also certaine notes and Characters: then did hee set himselfe vpon the Target, sitting vpon his heeles, mumbling I know not what with varietie of gestures about the space of a quarter of an houre: after which he appeared so transformed into deformed shapes that he looked not like a man, wreathed his lims and his bones cracking with other actions seeming supernaturall. At last he returnes himself

as it were weary and astonished, and comming out of the circle saluted the King; and told him the number of their enemies and place of their encamping, vvhich they found very true. This King was called Holata Outina, which signifieth; a King, of Kings, and yet a few hundreths of men vvere his armie, which hee x 1.237 conducted in their rankes, himselfe going alone in the mids. They drie the armes and legges, and crownes of their enemies which they haue slaine, to make solemne triumph at their returne, which they doe, fastning them on poles pitched in the ground, the men and women sitting round about, and the Magician with an Image in his hand, mum∣bling curses against the enemy: ouer against him are three men kneeling, one of which beateth a stone with a clubb, and answereth the Magician at euery of his imprecati∣ons, the other two sing and make a noise with certaine Rattles.

They sow or set their corne rather, as in Virginia: and haue two seede-times, & two haruests, which they bring into a publike barne, or common store-house as they doe the rest of their victuals, none fearing to be beguiled of his neighbour. Thus doe these Bar∣barians enioy that Content attended with Sobrietie and Simplicitie, which we haue ba∣nished together out of our coasts: euery one distrusting or defra••ding others, whiles ei∣ther by miserable keeping, or luxurious spending, he (which is y 1.238 bad to all) is worst to him∣selfe. To this barne they bring at a certaine time of the yeare, all the Venison, Fish, and Crocodiles, (dried before in the smoke for the better preseruation) which they meddle not with till neede forceth them, and then they signifie the same to each other. The King may take thereof as much as he will. This prouision is sent in baskets on the shoulders of their Hermaphrodites, which weare long haire, and are their Porters for all burthens.

They hunt Harts after a strange manner: for they will put on a Harts skinne, with the legges and head on, so that the same shall serue them to stalke with; and they will looke through the eye and holes of the Hide, as if it were a visour, thereby decei∣uing their game, which they shoot and kill, especially at the places, where they come to drinke. Their Crocodiles they take in a strange manner. They are so plagued vvith these beasts, that they keepe continuall watch and ward against them, as other-where against their enemies. For this purpose they haue a Watch-house z 1.239 by the Riuers side, and when hunger driues the beast on shore for his prey, the Watch-man calls to men appointed: they come ten or twelue of them, hearing a beame or Tree, the smaller end whereof they thrust into the mouth of the Crocodile (comming vpon them ga∣ping for his prey) which being sharpe and rough, cannot be got out, and therewith they ouer-turne him, and then beeing laide on his backe, easily kill him. The flesh a 1.240 tasteth like Veale, and would bee sauourie meate, if it did not sauour so much of a musky sent. Their sobrietie * 1.241 lengtheneth their liues, in such sort that one of their Kings told me, saith Morgues, that he was b 1.242 three hundred yeares olde, and his Father, which there he shewed me aliue, was fiftie yeares elder then himselfe: when I saw him, me thought I saw nothing but bones couered with skinne. His sinewes was, veines, and arteries, saith Laudonniere in description of the same man, his bones and other parts appeared so clearely through his skinne, that a man might easily tell them, and discerne the one from another. He could not see, nor yet speake without great paine. Monsieur de Ottigni, demaunding of their age, the yonger of these two called a company of Indians, and striking twice on his thigh, laid his hands on two of them, hee shewed that they vvere his sonnes: and striking on their thighes, he shewed others which were their sonnes, and so continued till the fift generation. And yet it was told them, that the eldest of them both might by the course of Nature liue thirtie or forty yeares more.

They haue c 1.243 a diuelish custome to offer their first borne Male Children to the King for a Sacrifice. The day of this dismall Rite beeing notified to the King, hee goeth to the place appointed and sittes downe. Before him is a blocke two foote high, and as much thicke, before vvhich the Mother of the Childe sit∣ting on her heeles, and couering her face, with her hands, deploreth the death of her sonne. One of her friends offereth the childe to the King: and then the women

which accompained the mother, place themselues in a Ring, dauncing and singing, and she that brought the child, stands in the mids of them with the childe in her hands, sing∣ing somewhat in the Kings commendation. Six Indians stand a-part, and with them the Priest with a Clubbe, wherewith after these ceremonies hee killeth the childe on that blocke: which was once done in our presence.

Another d 1.244 Religious Rite they obserue about the end of Februarie: they take the hide of the greatest Hart they can get (the hornes being on) and fill the same with the best hearbes which grow amongst them, hanging about the hornes, necke, and bodie, as it were Garlands of their choicest fruits. Hauing thus sowed and trimmed it, they bring the same with songs and Pipes, and set it on a high Tree, with the head tur∣ned toward the East, with prayers to the Sunne, that hee would cause the same good things to grow againe in their Land. The King and his Magician stand nearest the Tree and beginne, all the people following with their Responds. This done, they goe their waies leauing it there till the next yeare, and then renew the same cere∣monie.

Bibault e 1.245 at his first comming had two of the Floridians abord with him certaine daies, who, when they offered them meate refused it, giuing them to vnderstand that they were accustomed to wash their face, and to stay till sunne-set before they did eate: which is a ceremonie common in all those partes. They obserue a certaine Feast called Toya, with great solemnitie. The place where it is kept is a great circuit of ground, swept and made neate by the women the day before: and on the Feast day they which are appointed to celebrate the Feast, come painted and trimmed with fea∣thers, and set themselues in order. Three f 1.246 others in differing painting and gestures follow with Tabrets, dauncing and singing in a lamentable tune, others answering them. After that they haue sung, danced, and turned three times, they fall to run∣ning like vnbridled Horses, through the middest of the thicke woodes: the Indian women continuing all the day in weeping and teares, cutting the armes of the yong girles with muskle-shelles, with hurling the bloud into the Aire, crying out three times, He Toya. Those that ranne through the Woods, returne two daies after, and then daunce in the middest of the place, and cheere vp those which were not cal∣led to the Feast. Their daunces ended, they deuoure the meate, for they had not eate in three dayes before. The Fre••chmen learned of a boy, that in this meane∣while the Iawas had made inuocation•••• Toya, and by Magicall Characters had made him come that he might speake with him, and demaund diuers strange things of him, which for feare of the Iawas he durst not vtter.

To prouoke them vnto reuenge against their enemies, they in their Feasts haue this custome. There is a Dagger in the roome, which one taketh and striketh ther∣with one that is thereunto appointed, and then places the Dagger where hee had it, and anone reneweth the stroke, till the Indian falling downe, the women, Girles, Boyes, come about him and make great lamentation, the men meane while drinking Cassine, but with such silence, that not one word is heard: afterwards they apply Mosse warmed, to his side to heale him. Thus doe they call to minde the death of their ancestors slaine by their enemies, especially when they haue inuaded, and returne out of their enemies country without the heads of any of them, or with∣out any Captiues.

These things following Ortelius g 1.247 saith, hee had from his Nephew Caelius Ortelius, by the Relation of an eye-witnesse. The King giueth, or selleth rather, to euerie man his Wife. If a woman commit Adulterie, shee is bound to a Tree, her armes and legges stretched out all day, and sometimes whipped. A woman, three houres after shee is deliuered of a Childe, carries the Infant to the Riuer to wash it. They obserue no discipline in their Families with their Children. They haue Fleas, which bite so eagerly, that they leaue a great deformitie like a Lepry after: They haue winged Serpents, one of which I saw, saith Nicolaus h 1.248 Challusius, the wings whereof seemed to enable it to flie a little height from the ground: The inhabitants

were very carefull to get the head thereof, as was thought, for some superstition. Bo∣tero i 1.249 saith, that they haue three sorts of Harts, and of one of them make the same com∣modities which we doe of our kine, keeping them tame, and milking them. The Spa∣niard hath three garrisons on the coast of Florida, S. Iacomo, S. Agostino, and S. Philippo.

They are k 1.250 much addicted to venery, and yet abstaine from their wiues after con∣ception knowne. When l 1.251 Ferdinando Soto entred Florida, he there found amongst the Indians one Iohn Ortiz a Spaniard, which by the suttlety of the people, vnder colour of deliuering a letter which they had fastned to a clest cane, was taken and liued twelue yeares with them. Vcita the Lord of the place made him his Temple-keeper, because that by night the wolues came and carried away the dead corpses. Hee reported that these people are worshippers of the Deuill, and vse to offer vnto him the life and bloud of their Indians, or of any people, that they can come by: and when he will haue them doe that sacrifice vnto him, he speaketh vnto them, and tells them, that hee is a thirst, and enioynes them this sacrifice. They haue a prophecie, That a white people should sobdue them; wherein the French and Spanish haue hitherto failed in their attempts. Soto hauing in his greedy hopes neglected the many, commodities hee might haue en∣ioyed, to finde greater: was brought to such dumps that he thereon sickened, and af∣ter died. But before he tooke his bed, he sent to the Cacique of Quigalta, to tell him, that he was the childe of the Sunne, and therefore would haue him repaire to him: hee answered. That if he would drie vp the riuer, hee would beleeue him. And when hee was dead, because he made the Indians beleeue that the Christians were immortall, the Spaniards sought to conceale his death. But the Cacique of Guachoya busily enquiring for him, they answered that he was gone to heauen, as many times he did, and had left an other in his place. The Cacique thinking he was dead, m 1.252 commaunded two young and well proportioned Indians to be brought thither, saying it was their custome to kil men, when any Lord died, to wait on him by the way: which their cruell courtesie the Spaniards refused, denying that their Lord was dead. One Cacique asked Soto what he w••s, and why he came thither, he answered, That hee was the sonne of GOD, and came to teach them knowledge of the Law. Not so, saith the Cacique, if GOD bids thee thus to kill, steale, and worke all kinde of mischiefe.

For their credulity in like case, Laudonniere telleth, that a strange and vnheard-of lightning hapned within a league of their fort, which consumed in an instant 500 acres of meadow, being then greene, and halfe couered with water, together with the foules that were therein. It continued burning three dayes together, and made the French∣men thinke, that for their sakes the Indians had set fire on their dwellings, and were gone to some other place. But a certaine Paracoussy, which is one of their petty Kings, or Caciques, sent to him a Present, beseeching him to commaund his men that they should shoote no more towards his dwelling, thinking that the ordinance had caused all this; which occasion he vsed to his owne good, by arrogating that to himselfe which he saw their simplicitie conceiued of him. Within two dayes after this accident, fell such an heat, that the riuer (I thinke) was ready to seeth: and in the mouth of the riuer were found, dead therwith, fishes enow to haue laden 50 carts, wherof issued, by putrefaction, much sickenesse.

Calos is neare the Cape of Florida. The King thereof made his subiects beleeue, that his sorceries and charmes were the cause that made the earth bring forth her fruit n 1.253 and that he might the easier perswade them, he retired himselfe once or twice a yeare to a certaine house, accompanied with two or three of his friends, where he vsed inchant∣ments. If any man offered to see what he did, it cost him his life. Euery yeare he offe∣reth a man in the time of haruest, which was kept for that purpose, and taken of such Spa∣niards as had suffered shipwracke on that coast.

They which further desire to know the riches and commodities of these Countries, may resort to the Authors in this Chapter mentioned. Sir Francis Drake, in the yeare 1586, besides his worthy exploits in other places, tooke the sorts of S. Iohn and S. Augu∣stine; whence he brought Pedro Morales and Nicholas B••••goig••••••••, whose relations concerning that country M. Hackel••••yt hath inserted among other his painfull labours.

Dauid Ingram o 1.254 reported many strange things which he saith he saw in these parts, elephants, horses, and beasts twice as bigge as horses, their hinder partes resembling grey-hounds; bulles with eares like hounds; beasts bigger then beares, without head or necke, but hauing their eyes and mouths in their breasts: and an other beast, C••rberus, he calls him Colluchio, which is (saith he) the deuill in likenes of a dog, and sometimes of a calfe; with many other matters, wherein he must pardon me, if I be not too prodigal of my saith. He tells also of punishment of adultery by death, the woman cutting the a∣dulterers throat, and the nearest kinsman, hers, after many prayers to the Colluchio, and a further punishment, in that they haue no quicke body buried with them to attend them into the other world, as all others haue. But they that list to beleeue, may consult with the Author.

CHAP. VIII.

Of the Countries situate Weslward from Florida and Virginia towards the South Sea.

HItherto we haue discouered those parts of this Northern America, which trend along the North sea, which the English & French Nations haue most made knowne vnto vs: further westward the midland Countries are not so well known; yet following our Spanish guides we here pre∣sent them from their relations to your view. When as Cortez had con∣quered Mexico, as after followeth to be related, he was made Admi∣rall of the South seas, but the gouernement of Mexico and new Spaine was, with the ti∣tle of Viceroy, giuen to Don Antonio de Mendoza. These two, partly in emulation of each others glorie, partly in hope of enriching themselues, sought to discouer vnknown lands; the one by Sea; the later, both by sea and land.

The Viceroy sent a 1.255 as he himselfe testifieth, Francis Vasquez de Coronado, and Frier Marco de Nisae, with Stephen a Negro by land: out of whole relations we haue inserted that which concerneth our purpose. Marke b 1.256 the Frier, and Stephen set forth with cer∣taine Indians in this Discouerie: and Stephen going before, came to Ceuola, as Marke related, where hee was slaine: the Frier followed with his Indian guides, and passed thorough one place where was small store of victuall, because it had not there rained, as the Inhabitants affirmed, in three yeares space. The Indians called him Hayota, that is, a man come from heauen. He passed on further, led by the fame of Cevola, which with o∣ther six cities were reported to be vnder the gouernment of one Lord, & to haue houses of stone, cōsisting of diuers stories, where were many Turqueses, with many other strāge reports of their markets, multitudes, and wealth. But because the Frier came not there for feare of the Negroes entertainment, let vs listen to c 1.257 Francis Vasques, who came, saw, and ouercame. An.1540. he went with his army from Culiacan which is 200. leagues from Mexico, & after a long and tedious iourney, he at last arriued in this prouince, and conquered (almost with the losse of himselfe) the first Citie of the seuen, which he called Cranado. Twice he was stricken down with stones from the wall, as he offered to scale the fame. He saith that their houses were of foure or fiue stories or lofts, to which they ascended on ladders: and that they had sellers vnder the ground, good, and paued. But those seuen cities were small townes, all standing in the compasse of foure leagues, all called by that generall name of Cevol•• or Cibola, and none of them particularly so cal∣led, but hauing other peculiar names, they were of like building. In this towne which he conquered stood 200 houses, walled about, and 300. others not walled. The Inhabi∣tants had before remoued their wiues & wealth to the hill. He reporteth of beasts there, beares, tigres, lions, and sheep, as big as horses, with great hornes, & little tailes, Ounces also & stags. That which the Indians worshipped (as far as they could learne) was the water, which, said they, caused the corne to grow, and maintained their life. Hee found there a garment excellently embroidered with needle-worke. Vasques went hence to Tiguez, to Cicuic, and to Quivira, as d 1.258 Lopes de Gomar a reporteth. This way is full of

crooke-backed oxen. Quivira is in forty degrees, and the Countrey is temperate. They saw ships in the Sea with bare Alcatoazes or Pelicans of gold and siluer in their prowes, laden with merchandise: which they tooke to be of China or Cathay.

The men in these parts clothe & shooe themselues with leather: they haue no bread of any kinde of graine: their cheefe food is flesh, which they often eate raw, either for custome, or for lacke of wood. They eate the fatte as they take it out of the oxe, & drink the bloud hote (which of our bulls is counted poison) & the flesh they warme (for they seeth it not) at a fire of oxe-dung. They rather may be said to rauen, then to eate it: and holding the flesh with their teeth, cut it with rasors of stone. They goe in companies as the Scythian Nomades, Tartarian Hords, & many other nations, following the seasons and best pasturings for their oxen. These oxen e 1.259 are of the bignes and colour of our buls, but their horns ate not so great. They haue a great bunch vpon their shoulders, & more haire on their fore-part, then on the hinder: and it is like wooll. They haue, as it were, a horse-m••ne on their back-bone, and much haire, & very long, from their knees down∣wards. They haue great tufts of haire on their foreheads, and haue a kinde of beard vn∣der their chinnes and throates. The Males haue very long tailes, with a great knobbe or flocke at the end: so that in some respect they resemble a Lyon, in other the Camels, Horses, Oxen, Sheep, or Goates. They push with their hornes, and in their rage vvould ouertake and kill a Horse: for the Horses fled from them, either for their deformitie, or because they had neuer seene the like. The people haue no other riches: they are vnto them meate, drinke, apparell: their Hides also yeeld them houses, and ropes; their bones, bodkins; their sinewes and haire, thread; their Hornes, Mawes, and Bladders, Vessels; their dung, fire; the Calues-skinnes, budgets, where with they draw and keepe water.

G••mara also mentioneth their sheepe, which they so call because they haue fine wooll and hornes: they are as bigge as horses, weigh fifty pound weight a peece. There are also Dogges which will fight with a Bull, and will carry fifty pound weight in Sackes when they go on hunting: for when they remoue from place to place with their heards.

The Winter is long and sharpe, with much snow in Cibola, and therefore they then keepe in their Cellers which are in place of Stoves vnto them. In the height of seuen and thirty degrees, at Tiguez, the cold was so extreme, that the horses and men passed ouer the Riuer vpon the Ice: They there tooke a towne f 1.260 after fiue and forty daies siege, but with much losse, and little gaine. For the Indians killed thirtie horses in a night: and in an other slew certaine Spaniard, sent Ouando vp into the country (they could not tell whether for Sacrifice, or for the shew) & wounded fiftie horses: they drunke Snow in stead of water: and seeing no hope to hold out, made a great fire, and cast therein all they had of worth, and then went all out to make way by by force; where they were all in manner slaine, but not vnreuenged, forcing some Spaniards to accompany them into the Regions of death, and wounding many more, both men and horses. The Snow continueth in these parts halfe the yeare. Quivira is more northerly, and yet more tem∣perate. The Spaniards returned to Mexico in the end of the yeare 1542, to no small griefe of Mendoza, who had spent in this expectation 60000 ducats. Some Friers stay∣ed, but were slaine by the people of Quivira, only one man escaped, to bring newes to Mexico.

Sir Francis Drake sailed on the other side of America to forty degrees of northerly latitude, and with cold was forced to retire, although the Sunne followed him all the way from Guatulco hither (which he sailed from the sixt day of Aprill to the fift day of Iune) as if that most excellent and heauenly Light had delighted himselfe in his socie∣tie, and acknowledged him for his sonne, more truly then the Spaniards (whereof anon we shall heate) or that g 1.261 Phaeto•• of the Poets, not able to compasse this compassing iourney: once, he was so good a scholer and learned the sunnes instruction so well, that he folowed him in a watery field, all that his fiery circle, round about this earthly globe, carried with the mouing winde (as it were aery wings) new starres, ilands, seas, atten∣ding and admiring the English colours: and first of h 1.262 any Generall, loosed the girdle of the world•• and encompassing her in his fortunate armes, enioyed her loue. But I loose

myselfe while I finde him: and yet excellent names, I know not how, compell men to stand awhile, and gaze with admiration, if not with adoration. This our English knight i 1.263 landed on this coast in thirty eight Degrees, where the Inhabitants presented them∣selues vnto him, with presents of feathers, and kalls of net-worke, which hee requited with great humanitie. The men went naked, the women knit loose garments of bull-ru∣shes about their middles. They came a second time, and brought feathers, and bagges of Tabacco; and after a long Oration of one that was Speaker for the rest, they left their bowes on a hill, and came downe to our men: the women meane while remaining on the hill, tormented themselues, tearing their flesh from their cheekes, whereby it ap∣peared that they were about some sacrifice. The newes being further spread, brought the King thither, which was a man of goodly stature: many tall men attended him: two Ambassadours with a long Speech of halfe an houre, signified his comming before. One, went before the King with a Scepter or Mace, whereon hanged two Crownes with three Chaines: the Crownes were of knit-worke, wrought artificially with diuers co∣loured feathers, the chaines of a bony substance. The King followed clothed in cony∣skinnes: the people came after, all hauing their faces painted with white, blacke, and other colours, euery one bringing his present, euen the very children also. The Scepter∣bearer made a lowd speech of halfe an houre, taking his words from an other which whispered the same vnto him, which with a solemne applause being ended, they came all downe the hil in order without their weapons: the Scepter-bearer beginning a song and dancing, wherein all the rest followed him. The King, and diuers others, made se∣uerall Orations or Supplications to the Generall, to become their King: and the King with a song did set the Crowne on the Generalls head, and put the chaines about his necke, honoring him by the name of Hioh. The common sort leauing the King and his guard, scattered themselues, with their sacrifices, among our people, taking view of all, and to such as best pleased their fancie, which were the yongest, offered their sacrifices, with weeping, scratching, and tearing their flesh, with much effusion of bloud. The En∣glish misliked their deuotions, and directed them to the liuing God: they shewed againe their wounds, whereunto the other applied plaisters and lotions. Euery third day they brought their sacrifices, till they perceiued that they were displeasing. And at the depar∣ture of the English, they (by stealth) prouided a sacrifice, taking their departing verie grieuously.

They found heards of Deere feeding by thousands, and the country full of strange co∣nies, headed like ours, with the feet of a Want. and taile of a Cat, hauing vnder their chins, a bagge, into which they gather their meate when they haue filled their body a∣broade. There is no part of the earth, wherein there is not some speciall likelihoode of golde or siluer. The Generall named the Countrey k 1.264 Nova Albion. In the yere 1581. l 1.265 Augustine Ruiz, a Frier, learned by the report of certaine Indians called Conchos, that toward the north there were certaine great townes, not hitherto discouered by the Spa∣niards: whereupon, he, with two other companions of his owne Order, and eight soul∣diers, went to seek these parts, and to preach vnto them. They came vnto the Prouince de los Tiguas, two hundred and fifty leagues Northwards from the mines of Saint Bar∣bara, where one of the Friers was slaine by the Inhabitants. This caused the souldiers to returne backe, but the Friers staied still behind. The Franciscans fearing the losse of these their brethren, procured Antonio de Espeio m 1.266 to vndertake this iourney, with a company of souldiers. He passing the Conchos, the Pas••aquates, the Toboses, came to the Patarabueyes, which is a great Prouince, and hath many townes, their houses flat roofed, and built of lime and stone, their streets orderly placed. The people are of great stature, and haue their faces, armes, and legges rased and pownced. Here n 1.267 were ma∣ny Lakes of salt-water, which at a certaine time of the yeare waxeth hard, and becom∣meth very good salt. The Caciques kindly entertained them with victualles and other presents, especially hides, and Chamois skinnes very well dresled, as well as those of Flanders: And passing many dayes iourney further Northwards, they came where the houses were foure stories high, well built, and in most of them, stoues for the winter sea∣son. The men and women weare shooes and boots with good soales of neats leather, a

thing not else where to be seene in the Indies. In this prouince they found many Idoles, which they worshipped: and particularly they had in euery house an oratory for the de∣uill, whereinto they ordinarily carry him meate: and as the Papists erect Crosses vpon high-wayes, so haue this people certaine high Chappells, very well trimmed and pain∣ted, in which they say the deuill vseth to take his case, and to recreate himselfe as hee trauelleth from one towne to an other. In the prouince of Tiguas there were sixteene townes, in one of which the Friers aforesaid were slaine. Six leagues from thence was the prouince Los Quires which worship Idoles as their neighbors: they saw there cer∣taine Canopies, wherein were painted, the Sunne, Moone, and many Starres. It is in 37 ½. Hence they passed, keeping still their northerly course, and found a Prouince cal∣led Cuuames, where were fiue townes, one of which was Chia, which contained eight market places, the houses were plaistered and painted with diuers colours: they pre∣sented them curious mantles, and shewed them rich mettalls. Beyond this they came to the Ameies, and fifteene leagues thence, to Acoma, which is situate vpon a rocke: and hath no other entrance but by a ladder, or paire of staires, hewen in the same rocke: all their water was kept in cisterns. They passed hence to Zuny, which the Spaniards call Cibola, and there found three Spaniards left there by Vasques forty yeres before, which had almost forgotten their owne language. Westward from hence they came to Mo∣hotze, where were exceeding rich mines of siluer, as likewise in some of the other. These parts seeme to incline toward Virginia.

Now that we haue heard of the in-land Discoueries by the Spaniards, and that Nova Albion of S^r. Francis Drake, let vs take some view of the Spanish nauigation on these coasts.

Cortes the Conquerour of Mexico sent o 1.268 Francis de Vlloa with a fleet for discouerie, in the yeare 1539 from Acapulco, which came to Santa Cruz in California. They sai∣led ouer the gulfe, and came to the riuer of Saint Peter and Saint Paul, where they be∣held, on both sides, a goodly Country. I am loth to hold on with them in their voyage, lest I saile from my scope, and leaue the offended Reader behinde me. Here they found in their course burning mountaines, which cast vp fire, ashes, and smoake in great quan∣titie. They encountered with a cruell storme, and being almost out of hope, they saw, as it were, a candle vpon the shrowdes of the Trinitie (one of their shippes) which the Mariners said was Saint Elmo, and saluted it with their songs and prayers. This is the darkenesse of Popery, to worship a naturall light: yea that which hath little more then being, and is an imperfect Meteor, is with them more perfect then humane, and must participate in diuine worships. Without the gulfe of California they found store of great fish, which suffered themselues to bee taken by hand: also they saw weedes floting on the Sea, fifty leagues together, round, and full of gourdes, vnder them were store of fish, on them store of fowle: they grow in fifteene or twenty fadome depth. They caught with their dogges, a beast very fat, haired like a goat, otherwise resembling a deere: in this, neither, that it had foure dugs like vnto a Cowe full of milke. But because they had little dealing with the Inhabitants, I leaue them, and will see what Fernando p 1.269 Alar∣chon can shew vs of his discovery. He was set forth by Antonio de Mendosa the Vice∣roy, in the yeare of our lord 1540, with two shippes. Hee came to the bottome of the Bay of California, and there found a mightie riuer, which ranne with such surious violence, that they could scarce saile against ••. Heere leauing the shippes with some of his company, hee passed vp with some peeces of ordnance, and two boates: and so drawing the boates with hal••ers, they made vp the riuer called Buena Guia: they were incountered with the Indian Inhabitants, who forbade them landing, but Alarchon hurling his weapons downe, and pulling out certaine wares to giue them, appeased their fury, and caused them also to lay downe their weapons, and receiue of him some trifles, which he gaue them. Two leagues higher many Indians came and called to him: these were dec••••d after a strange manner, some had painted their faces all ouer, some halfe way, others had visards on with the shape of faces••: they had holes in their no∣sthrils, whereat certaine pendants hung, others ware shelles, hauing their eares full of

holes, with bones and shels hanging thereat. All of them ware a girdle about their waste whereunto was fastned a bunch of feathers which hung downe behinde like a taile. They carried with them bagges of Tabacco. Their bodies were traced with cole, their haire, cut before, hung down long behind. The women ware bunches of feathers before and behind them. There were foure men in womens apparell. Alarchon perceiued by signes, that the thing they most reuerenced, was the Sunne, and therefore signified vn∣to them, that hee came from the Sunne; whereat they maruelled, and tooke curious view of him with greater reuerence then before; brought him aboundance of foode, first flinging vp part of euery thing into the Aire, and after, turning to him to giue him the other part; offering in their Armes to carry him into their houses, and doing else whatsoeuer hee would haue them. And if any stranger came, they would goe and meet him, to cause him to lay downe his weapons, and if he would not, they would breake them in peeces. Hee gaue the chiefe of them small wares. They needed not pray them to help draw the boate vp the streame, euery one laboured to get hold of the rope: o∣therwise it had beene impossible to haue gotten vp against the current. He caused Cros∣ses to be made and giuen them, with instruction to honour them, which they did with extasie of blinde zeale, kissing them, and lifting them vp, euery one comming for them till he had not paper and stickes enough for that purpose.

And as he passed further, hee met with one which vnderstood his interpreter, and as∣ked of him many questions, to which he answered, that he was sent of the Sunne, which the other doubting, because the Sunne went in the skie, he said that at his going down and rising, he came neere the Earth, and there made him in that Land, and sent him hi∣ther to visit this Riuer and the people, and to charge them not to make further warres one vpon another. But why saith the Indian did he send you no sooner? hee answered because before he was but a child. A long dialogue thus passed betwixt them, the issue whereof was that the Indian cried out, they would all receiue him for their Lord, seeing he was the childe of the Sunne, and came to doe them good. This vse did hee make of their superstitious obseruation of the Sunne, which they worshipped because hee made them warme (said they) and caused their croppe to grow, and therefore of all things which they eate, they cast a little vp into the aire to him. They warre one vpon an o∣ther (a thing common to all sauages) for small occasions: the eldest and most valiant guided the army (for in some places they had no Lord;) and of those which they tooke in the warre, some they burned, and from some they plucked out the hearts, and eate them. Alarchon caused a Crosse to be made of timber, commanding his owne people to worship it, and leauing it with the Indians, with instructions euery morning at the Sunne-rise to kneele before it. This they tooke with great deuotion, and would not suffer it to touch the ground, vntill they knew it by questioning, how deepe they should set it, with what composition of gesture to worship it, and the like curiosities of Paga∣nish Christianitie. He was told, that this riuer was inhabited by three and twenty lan∣guages, that they married but one woman to one man, that maides before marriage conuersed not with men, nor talked with them, but kept at home and wrought: adul∣tery was death: they burned the dead: widowes staied halfe a yeare or a whole yeare before they married againe. Euery family had their seuerall governor, other Ruler they had none. The riuer vsed at some-times to ouerflow the bankes. These people told A∣larchon, that in Cevola they had many blew stones, or turqueses, which they digged out of a rocke of stone, and when their Governors died, all their goods were buried with them: that they eate with napkins, many waiting at table: that they killed the Negro before mentioned, because he said he had many brethren, to whome they thought he would giue intelligence, and therefore killed him. An old man tolde him the names of two hundred Lords and people of those parts. This olde man had a son clothed in wo∣mans attire, of which sort they had foure: these served to the q 1.270 sodomitical lusts of all the vnmaried yongmen in the country, & may not thēselues haue to deale with any woman. They haue no reward for this their beaftial trade, but haue liberty to go to any house for their food: when any of them die, the first son that is borne after, succeeds in their nūber.

As for the more Northerly parts, both within Land, and the supposed Strait of A∣nian, with other things mentioned in Mappes, because I know no certaintie of them, I leaue them. The way by sea from these parts to the Philippinas, two of our owne Nation haue passed, whose Voyage, r 1.271 as also that exact Description of the same, by Franciscode Gualle, a Spanish Captaine and Pilot, Master Haklnit hath related, who hath in these, and other labours of like nature, deeply engaged himselfe for his Coun∣tries good, and of his Countri-men meriteth an euerlasting name, and to me (though knowne at this time, only by those portraitures of his industrious spirit) hath beene as Admirall, holding out the light vnto me in these seas, and as diligent a guide by land, (which I willingly, yea dutifully, acknowledge) in a great part of this my long and wearisome Pilgrimage.

CHAP. IX.

Of New Spaine, and the conquest thereof by Hernando Cortes.

NOw are wee safely arriued out of the South a 1.272 Sea, and North vn∣knowne Lands, where we haue wildered our selues, and wearied the Reader, in this great and spacious Countrey of New Spaine. New Spaine is all that which lieth betweene Florida and California, and confines on the South, with Guatimala and Iucatan; how it came to be so called, asketh a long discourse, concerning the conquest thereof by Cortes, whose history is thus related.

Hernando b 1.273 Cortes was borne at Medellin in Andulozia, a Prouince of Spaine, An. 1485. When he was nineteene yeares old he sailed to the Iland of S. Domingo, where Ouando the Gouernour kindly entertained him. He went to the conquest of Cuba in the yeare 1511. as Clerke to the Treasurer, vnder the conduct of Iames Velasques, who gaue vnto him the Indians of Manicorao, where he was the first that brought vp kine, sheepe and mares, and had heards and flockes of them: and with his Indians he gathe∣red great quantitie of gold, so that in short time he was able to put in two thousand c 1.274 Castlins for his stocke, with Andres de Duero a Merchant. At this time Christopher Morante had sent (Anno 1517.) Francis Hernandes de Cordona, who first discouered Xucatan, whence hee brought nothing (except the relation of the Countrey) but stripes: whereupon Iames Velasques in the yeare 1518. sent his kinsman Iohn de Girial∣na, with two hundred Spaniards d 1.275 in foure shippes: he traded in the Riuer of Tauas∣co, and for trifles returned much gold, and curious workes of feathers, Idols of gold, a whole harnesse or furniture for an armed man, of gold thinne beaten, Eagles, Lions, and other portaitures found in gold, &c. But while Girialua deferred his returne, Ve∣lasques agreed with Cortes to be his partner in the Discouery, which he gladly accep∣ted, and procured licence from the Gouernours in Domingo, and prepared for the Voyage.

Velasques afterwards vsed all meanes to breake off, in so much that Cortes was forced to enlarge all his owne stocke, and credit, with his friends in the expediti∣on, and with fiue hundred and fiftie Spaniards in eleuen shippes, set saile the tenth of February 1519. and arriued at the Iland of Acusamil. * 1.276 The Inhabitants at first fled, but by the kinde entertainment of some that were taken, they returned, and receiued him and his with all kinde offices.

They told him of certaine bearded men in Yucatan, whither Cortes sent; and one of them, Geronimo de Aguilar came vnto him, who told him, that by shipwracke at Ia∣maia, their Caruell being lost, twentie of them wandered in the boat without saile, wa∣ter, or bread, thirteen or fourteen daies, in which space the violence of the current had cast them on shore in a Prouince called Maija, where, as they trauelled, seuen died with famine; and their Captaine Valdinia and other foure were sacrificed to the Idols by the

Cacike, or Lord of the Countrey, and eaten in a solemne banquet, and he with six o∣ther were put into a coupe or cage, to be fatned for another Sacrifice. But breaking prison, they escaped to another Cacike, enemy to the former, where all the rest died, but himselfe, and Gonsalo Guerrer a Marriner.

He had transformed himselfe into the Indian Cut, boring his nose full of holes, his eares iagged, his face and hands painted, married a wife, and became a Captaine of name amongst the Indians, and would not returne with this Aguilar.

Cortes with this new Interpreter passed vp the Riuer Tauasco, called of the former Discouerer, Grijalua, where the Towne that stood thereon, refusing to victuall him, was taken and sacked.

The Indians here with enraged, assembled an armie of fortie thousand, but Cortes by his horse and Ordnance preuailed: the Indians thinking the Horse and Rider had beene but one Creature, whose gaping and swiftnesse was terrible vnto them, where∣vpon they submitted themselues.

When they heard the Horses ney, they had thought the horses could speake, and demanded what they said: the Spaniards answered, these Horses are sore offen∣ded with you, for fighting with them, and would haue you corrected: the simple In∣dians presented Roses and Hennes to the beasts, desiring them to eate and to pardon them.

Cortes purposed to discouer further Westward, because hee heard that there were mines of gold, hauing first receiued their vassallage to the King his Master, to whom (he said) the Monarchie of the Vniuersall did appertaine.

These were the first Vassals the Emperour had in New-Spaine. They named the Towne, where these things were done, Victorie, before called Potonchan, containing neere fiue and twentie thousand houses, which are great, made of lime, and stone, and bricke, and some of mud-walls and rafters, couered with straw; their dwel∣ling is in the vpper part of the house, for the moistnesse of the soile. They did eate mans flesh sacrificed.

The Spaniards sayled Westward, and came to Saint Iohn de Vlhna, where Teu∣delli, the Gouernour of the Countrey, came to him with foure thousand Indians. He did his reuerence to the Captaine, burning Frankincense (after their custome) and little Strawes, touched in the bloud of his owne bodie: and then presented vnto him Victualls, and Iewells of Gold, and other curious workes of Feathers; which Cortes requited with a Collar of Glasse, and other things of small value. A woman slaue, giuen him at Potonchan, vnderstood their Language, and shee, with Aguilar, were his interpreters.

Cortes professed himselfe the seruant of a great Emperour, which had sent him thither, whose power he so highly extolled, that Teudilli maruelled, thinking there had beene no such Prince in the world as his Master and Soucraigne, the King of Mexico, whose Vassall he was, named Mutezuma. To him he sent the representations of these bearded men, and their Horses, Apparrell, Weapons, Ordinance, and other rarities, painted in Cotton Clothes, their Shippes, and Num∣bers.

These painted Cottons he sent by Posts, which deliuered them from one to ano∣ther with such celeritie, that in a day and night the message came to Mexico, which was two hundred and tenne myles distant. Cortes had demaunded, whether Mute∣zuma had Gold? Tendelli affirmed, and Cortes replyed, That he and his fellowes had a disease of the heart, whereunto Gold was the best remedie.

Mutezuma sent him many Cotton cloathes of diuers colours, many tuffes of feathers, two wheeles, the one of siluer, with the signe of the Moone, and the other of gold, made like the Sunne, which they hold for Gods, and giue vnto them the colours of the mettalls most like them. Euery wheele was two yards and a halfe broad. These with other parts, of the present were esteemed worth twentie thousand Ducats.

Mutezuma also professed ioy, to heare of so great a Prince, and so strange

people, and promised prouision of all necessaries; but was very vnwilling that Cor∣tes should come to see him, as he pretended. Yet Cortes persisted in that his desire of seeing Mutezuma, that he might further acquaint himselfe with the knowledge of those parts.

The silly Indians hauing neuer seene such strange sights, came daily to the Camp to see them: and when they heard the Ordnance discharged, they fell downe flat, thin∣king the heauens had fallen: the shippes they thought were the god of the aire, called Quezalcouolt, which came with the Temples on his backe, for they daily looked for him.

Amongst the rest, or rather aloofe off from the rest, were certaine Indians of differing habite, higher then the other, and had the gristles of their noses slit, hanging ouer their mouthes, and rings of Iet and Amber hanging thereat: their nether lippes also bored, and in the holes rings of gold and Turkesle-stones, which weighed so much, that their lippes hung ouer their chinnes, leauing their teeth bare. This vgli∣nesse they accounted gallantrie, and such vncouth deformitie to be the onely braue∣ry. And thou Gallant that readest and deridest this madnesse of Fashion, if thine eyes were not dazeled with lightnesse (light I cannot call it) of selfe-reflected Vanitie, mightest see as Monster-like fashions at home, and more fashionly monster of thy selfe; thy cloathes and oathes, thy gestures and vestures, make thy naked Deformitie worse then their thus deformed nakednesse: both indeed seeme to haue receiued some hellish character (if there may be bodily representation) of that old Serpent in thse new fashions, striuing who shall shape himselfe neerest to that mishapen vglinesse, wherein the Indian iagges himselfe out of humane lineaments, the other swaggers himselfe further out of all ciuill and Christian ornaments. But these fashion-mongers haue made me almost out of my fashion, and to forget my selfe, in remembring their forgetfulnesse.

These Indians of this new Cut, Cortes caused to come to him, and learned that they were of Zempoallan, a Citie distant thence a dayes iourney, whom their Lord had sent to see what Gods were come in those Teucallis, that is, Temples (so, it see∣meth, they called the shippes:) which held no conuersation with the other Indians, as being not subiect to Mutezuma, but onely as they were holden in by force. Hee gaue them certaine toyes, and was glad to heare that the Indians of Zempoallan, and other their neighbours were not well affected to Mutezuma, but readie, as farre as they durst, to entertaine all occasions of warre with him.

He sailed from thence to Panuco, and passed the riuer farther, till he came to a little Towne, where was a Temple, with a little Tower, and Chappell on the toppe, ascen∣ded by twentie steppes, in which they found some Idols, many bloudie papers, and much mans bloud, of those which had beene sacrificed; he blocke also whereon they cut open those Sacrifices, and the razors made of flint, wherewith they opened their breasts, which strucke the Spaniards with some horrour and feare. They passed a little further, and there hauing taken possession, in the Emperours name, of the whole Countrey, they founded the Towne Delavera Crux, Cort•••• resigning his authoritie, and Officers being elected; and lastly, all with generall consent appointing Cortez their Captaine.

Cortez went forward to Zempoallan, where he was solemnely receiued and lod∣ged in a great house of lime and stone, whited with plaister, that shined in the Sunne, as if it had beene siluer; so did the siluer conceits of the Spaniards imagine, the desire of that mettall hauing made such an impression in their imagination, that they told Cortes before hee came at it, they had seene a house with walls of siluer.

Heere, and at Chiauiztlan, Cortes incited them to rebell against Mutezuma, and to become seruants to the Spaniards, which they did; and he vnder-hand so wrought, that Mutezuma tooke him for his friend.

All his intent was to fish in troubled waters, and to set them both by the ears, that he might watch opportunity to benefit himselfe. His own people rebelled, some of whom

he chastised with the halter and the whippe for example to the rest: and after caused all his shippes to bee sunke closely, that they should not minde any returne. Hee left an hundred and fiftie men for the guard of the new Towne, vnder Pedro de Henrico, and with foure hundred Spaniards, fifteene horses, and six peeces of Artillery, and thirteene hundred Indians, they went from Zempoallan, and came to Zaclotan, the Lord whereof was Olintler the subiect of Mutezuma, who to testifie his ioy, and to honour Cortes, commanded fiftie men to be sacrificed, whose bloud they saw new and fresh.

They carried the Spaniards on their shoulders, sitting on beeres, such as vse to carrie dead men. He bragged as much of the power of Mutezuma, as the Spaniards of their Emperour. Hee said he had thirtie vassals, each of which was able to bring into the field an hundred thousand men of warre, and sacrificed twentie thousand men yearely to the gods: in this he somewhat exceeded; the other was true, although some yeares the sacrifices also were thought to amount to fiftie thousand.

This Towne was great, and had thirteene Temples, in each of which were many Idols of stone of diuers fashions, before whom they sacrificed men, Doues, Quailes, and other things with great perfumes and veneration.

Heere Mutezuma had fiue thousand souldiers in garrison. Cortes passed from thence to Mexico by the frontiers of Tlaxcallon, which were enemies to Mutezuma, whom he might easily haue ouercome, but reserued partly for the exercise of his sub∣iects to the warre, and partly for the sacrifices to his gods.

These ioyned an hundred and fiftie thousand men against Cortes, taking him for Mutezuma's friend: and yet euery day sent him Guinney-cockes and bread, partly to espie his strength, and partly in a brauery, lest their glory should be obseured in the conquest of men already steruen.

But when in many skirmishes and fights they could not preuaile against that hand∣full of Spaniards, they thought they were preserued from harme by inchantments: and sent him three presents with this message; That if he were that rigorous god which eateth mans flesh, he should eat those fiue slaues which they brought him, and they would bring him more: if he were the meeke and gentle god, behold frankinsence, and feathers: if he were a mortall man, take heere fowle, bread, and cherries. At last they made peace with him, and submitted their Citie to him.

Their Citie Tlaxcallan was great, planted by a Riuers side, which issued into the South-sea. It had foure streets, each of which had their Captaine in the time of warre. The gouernment was an Aristocratie, hating Monarchie no lesse then tyranny. It had eight and twentie Villages, and in them an hundred and fiftie thousand hous∣holds, very poore, but good warriours. They had one market-place so spacious, that thirtie thousand persons in a day came thither to buy and sell by exchange: for money they had none.

Mutezuma had sent before to Cortes, and promised tribute to the Emperour, what∣soeuer should be imposed; onely he would not haue him come to Mexico. And now he sent againe, that he should not trust that new friendship with the beggerly Nation of Tlaxcallan, and they againe counselled him not to aduenture himselfe to Mute∣zuma.

Cortes held his determination for Mexico, and being accompanied with many of the Tlaxcantlexas he went to Chololla, a little from whence Mutezuma had prepared an armie to entrappe him in the way; but he finding the trechery, it redounded vpon Cholollois, the same day they had thought to haue executed the same vpon him. For this end they had sacrificed ten children, fiue males, and as many females, three yeares old, to Quezalcouatl their god, which was their custome when they began their warres. He out-going them in their owne art of subtiltie, entrapped their Cap∣taines in Counsell, and sent his armie to spoile the Citie, where were slaine many thou∣sands. There were twentie Gentle-men, and many Priests which ascended vp to the high Tower of their Temple, which had an hundred and twenty steppes, where they were burned, together with their gods and Sanctuary.

This Citie had twentie thousand housholds within the walls, and as many in the Suburbs. It shewed outward very faire and full of Towers, for there were as many Temples as dayes in the yeare, and euery one had his Tower. The Spaniards counted foure hundred Towers. It was the Citie of most deuotion in all India, whither they trauelled from many places farre distant in Pilgrimage. Their Cathedrall Temple was the best and highest in all New Spaine, with an hundred and twentie steppes vp to it. Their chiefe god was Quezalcouatl, god of the Aire, who was (they say) foun∣der of their Citie, being a Virgin, of holy life and great penance. Hee instituted fa∣sting, and drawing of bloud out of their eares and tongues, and left precepts of Sa∣crifices. He neuer ware but one garment of Cotton, white, narrow, and long, and vpon that a mantle, beset with certaine red crosses. They haue certaine greene stones which were his, and are kept for great reliques: one of them is like an Apes head. Eight leagues from Chololla is the hill Popocatepec, or smoake-hill, which the Earth seemeth to haue erected as a Fort to encounter and assault the aire: now with smoakie mists endeuouring to choake his purer breath, another while with violent flames, and naturall fire-workes threatening to ioyne league with his elder and superiour brother to disinherit him: sometimes with showers of ashes and imbers, as it were, putting out the eyes, and sometimes with terrible and dreadfull thunders, rending the eares of that Airy Element; alwayes (such is the euent of warre) hurting and wa∣sting it selfe, to endamage the enemy.

The Indians thought it a place of Purgatorie, whereby tyrannicall and wicked officers were punished after their death, and after that purgation passed into glo∣rie.

The Spaniards aduentured to see it, but two onely held on their iourney, and had there beene consumed, had they not by a rocke beene shadowed from the violent e∣ruption of the fire which then happened.

It chanced that the Earth, weary it seemeth of the warre, as hauing spent her store and munition, agreed on a truce which continued ten yeares: but in the yeare 1540. it brake forth into more violent hostilitie then before, quaking and renting it selfe with vnbridled passion: and whereas the Aire had alwayes a snowie garrison about her high tops, and frontires to coole and quench her fiery showers, yet these did but kindle a greater flame, the ashes whereof came to Huexozinco, Quelaxcopan, Tepia∣cac, Chololla and Tlaxcallan, and other places, ten, or as some say, fifteene leagues distant, and burned their herbes in their gardens, their fieldes of corne, trees, and clothes that they laid a drying. The Vulean, Crater, or mouth whence the fire issued, is about halfe a league in compasse. The Indians kissed their garments (an honour done vnto their gods) which had aduentured themselues to this dreadfull spe∣ctacle.

Cortes drawing neere to Mexico, Mutezuma feared, saying, These are the peo∣ple which our gods said should come and inherit this Land. He went to his Oratorie, and there shut vp himselfe alone, abiding eight dayes in prayer and fasting, with Sa∣crifice of many men, to aslake the furie of his offended deities. The Diuell biddes him not to feare, and that he should continue those bloudy Rites, assuring him that hee should haue the gods Vitziliputzli and Tescatlipuca to preserue him, saying, That Que∣zalcouatle permitted the destruction at Chololla, for want of that bloudie sacrifice. Cortes pasted a hill six miles in height, where by the difficultie of the passage, and of the cold (being alway couered with snow) the Mexicans might easily haue preuented his passing further. Hence he espied the lake, whereon Mexico and many other great Townes did stand, Iztacpallapan a Towne of ten thousand housholds, Coyoacan of six thousand, Vizilopuchtli of fiue thousand.

These Townes are adorned with many Temples and Towers, that beautifie the Lake. From Iztacpalapan to Mexico is two leagues, all on a faire causey, with ma∣ny draw-bridges, thorow which the water passeth, Mutezuma receiued Cortes with all solemnitie on the eight of Nouember 1519. into this great Citie, excusing himselfe of former vnkindnesses the best hee could. Of his house, and Maiestie,

and the diuine conceit the people had of him, we shall speake after more fully, as al∣so of the Temples, Priests, Sacrifices and other remarkeable things of Mexico.

Mutezuma prouided all things necessary for the Spaniards and Indians that atten∣ded them: euen beddes of flowers were made, in place of litter for their horses. But Cortes disquieted with those thoughts which commonly attend Ambition, discontent in the present, hopes and feares of the future, vsed the matter so, that he tooke Mu∣tezuma prisoner, and detained him in the place appointed for the Spaniards lodging; with a Spanish guard about him, permitting him otherwise to deale in all priuate or publike affaires, as before. Hereupon Cacama, Lord of Tezcuco, nephew to Mute∣zuma, rebelled, but by trechery of his owne people was presented prironer to Mute∣zuma. He, after this, summoned a Parliament, where he made an Oration vnto his sub∣iects, saying, That he and his predecessours were not naturalls of the Countrey, but his fore-fathers came from a farre Countrey; and their King returned againe, and said, he would send such as should rule them. And he hath now sent these Spaniards, saith he. Hereupon he counselled them to yeeld themselues vassals to the Emperour, which they did at his command, though with many teares on his part and theirs, at this fare∣well of their libertie. Mutezuma presently gaue to Cortes, in the name of tribute, great quantitie of gold and other iewels, which amounted to sixteene hundred thou∣sand Castlins of gold, besides siluer.

Cortes had hitherto a Continuall victorie in Mexico without any fight: but newes was brought him of Pamphilo de Naruais, who was sent with eightie horse, and some hundreths of Spaniards by Velasques, to interrupt the proceedings of Cortes: who lea∣uing two hundred men in Mexico, with two hundred and fiftie other came suddenly in the night, and tooke Naruaes Prisoner, and returned to Mexico with Naruaes his company, now his followers also, where he found his men exceedingly distressed by the Citizens, for a murther committed in the great Temple at a solemne Feast, where in a religious daunce, they were slaine, for the rich garments and iewels they ware, by the Spaniards.

Cortes came in good time for the reliefe of his men: and Mutezuma caused the Mexicans to bridle their rage, which presently was renued, and when Mutezuma was againe by his guardians, the Spaniards, caused to speake to the people: a blow of a stone on his temples wounded him, whereof three daies after he died.

Cortes had some thousands of the Tlaxoltecas to helpe him, but was driuen to flee from Mexico with all his Spaniards and Indians, which he did closely in the night, but yet an alarme was raised, and the bridges being broken, much slaughter of his people was made by the Mexicans, and all his treasure in manner lost. They pursued after him also, and had two hundred thousand in the field: when it was Cortes his good happe to slay the Standard-bearer, whereupon the Indians forsooke the field. This battell was fought at Otumpan.

At Tlazcallan, hee and his were kindly entertained; they had prepared before fiftie thousand men to goe to Mexico for his helpe, and now they promised him all offices of loyaltie and seruices. With their helpe he subdued Tepeacac: and built certaine Brigandines, or Frigats, which were carried many leagues on the backes of those Indians, and there fastened and finished, without which hee could neuer haue wonne Mexico.

In Tezcuco certaine Spaniards had beene taken, sacrificed and eaten, which Cor∣tes now reuenged on them. Eight thousand men had carried the loose peeces and timber of this Nauy, guarded with twentie thousand Tlaxcallans, and a thousand Tamemez or Porters, which carried victualls attending. They caiked them with Tow, and for want of Tallow. ••••••-Oyle, they vsed mans grease, of such as had beene slaine in the warres. Fo•••••••••• the Indians vsed to take out the grease of their sacrifices. Cortes had heere nine hundred Spaniards, of which fourescore and six were horsemen, three cast peeces of iron, fifteene small peeces of brasse, and a thousand weight of powder, and 100000. Indian souldiers on his side. He made a sluce or trench aboue twelue foot broad, and two fathome deep, halfe a league long, in which 40000

men wrought fiftie dayes. Hee launched his Vessells, and soone ouercame all the Canoas of the Lake, of which were reckoned in all fiue thousand. The Spaniards brake the Conduits of sweet water, wherewith the Citie was wont to bee serued. Quahutimoc, now the new King of Mexico, receiuing encouragement from the di∣uellish Oracle, caused to breake downe the Bridges, and to exercise whatsoeuer wit or strength could doe in defence of his Citie, sometimes conquering, sometimes (as is the doubtfull chaunce of warre) conquered. Cortes had in Tezcuco ordained a new King, a Christian Indian, of the royall bloud, who much assisted him in this siege. The Spaniards being Lords of the Lake, and of the Causeyes, by helpe of their Galliots and Ordinance, they fired a great part of the Citie. One day the Mexi∣cans had gotten some aduantage, and thereupon celebrated a Feast of Victorie. The Priests went vp into the Towers of Tlatelulco, their chiefe Temple, and made their perfumes of sweet Gummes, in token of victorie, and sacrificed fortie Spaniards, which they had taken captiues, opening their breasts, and plucking out their hearts for offerings to their Idols, sprinkling their bloud in the Ayre, their fellowes looking on, and not able to reuenge it. They slew likewise many Indians, and foure Spani∣ards of Alvarado's companie, whome they ate in the open sight of the Armie. The Mexicans daunced, dranke themselues drunke, made bone-fires, strucke vp their Drummes, and made all solemne expressings of ioy. Dread, Disdaine, and all the Fu∣ries that passion or compassion could coniure vp, had now filled the Spaniards hearts and their Indian partakers: and Cortes, that hitherto had hoped to reserue some part of the Citie, now did the vtmost that Rage and Reuenge could effect, helped no lesse within with Famine and Pestilence, then with Sword and Fire without. At last Mexico is rased, the Earth and Water sharing betwixt them what the Fire had left, and all which had sometime chalenged a loftie inheritance in the Ayre. Their King also was taken; all that mightie State subuerted: and as the Mexicans before had prophecied, That the Tlaxantleca's should againe build the Citie, if conquered, for them; if conquerors, for the Spaniards. It was re-builded with a hundred thousand houses, fairer and stronger then before. The Siege lasted three moneths, and had therein two hundred thousand Indians, nine hundred Spaniards, fourescore Horses, seuenteene Peeces of Ordinance, thirteene Galliots, and six thousand Cannons. Fif∣tie Spaniards were slaine, and six Horses: of the Mexicans a hundred thousand, be∣sides those which died of Hunger and Pestilence. This was effected Anno 1521, on the thirteenth of August, which for that cause is kept festiuall euerie yeare.

CHAP. X.

Of the auncient inhabitants of New Spaine, and the Historie of their Kings.

HAuing now declared the subuersion of this State and Kingdome by the Spaniards, I hold it not amisse to looke backe vnto the first peo∣ple which here inhabited, with the beginnings and proceedings of the Mexican Empire. The a 1.277 first inhabitants of New Spaine were very barbarous and sauage, which ••••••ed onely by Hunting, and for this reason were called Chieh•••• ••••••. a 1.278 They liued naked, solitarie in the Mountaines, without Tillage, Policie or any Religious Ceremonies: their wiues followed the same Hunting exercise, leauing their children tied in a Panier of Reedes to the boughes of some Tree. They did eate what they got in Hunting, raw. They eate also Snakes and Lizards, which they offered likewise in sacrifice to the Sunne, whome onely they worshipped, and that without any Image: they offered to him

Fowles, from the Butterflie to the Eagle. And some remnants of the like beastly men are yet found, which doe great hurt, and will not, by either cunning or force of the Spaniards, be reduced to any other course. They seeme to haue learned the sauage na∣ture of the wilde Beasts, of whome and with whome they liue. By this meanes it came to passe, that this wilde mountainous people left the best and most fertile part of the Countrey vnpeopled, which certaine remote Nations possessed, whome they called b 1.279 Navatalcas, for their ciuilitie. These came from those Northerne parts, which now they call New Mexico. The Navatalcas paint their beginning and first Territorie in manner of Caues (because of their seuen Tribes) and men comming out of them. By the supputation of their Bookes this departure was aboue eight hundred yeares since, and (by reducing to our accompt) about the yeare of our Lord 720. Fourescore yeares they stayed on the way, the cause whereof they ascribe to their Gods, which spake visibly to them, and bad them seeke new Lands that had such signes as they notified.

Thus they proceeded in seeking those signes, and peopled the best parts, still re∣mouing their habitations as they found more fertile Countries, leauing onely the a∣ged, sicke, and wearie, with a few others to remaine in the former. And by these lei∣surely proceedings they entred the Land of Mexico, about the yeare 902, after our accompt. Those seuen Nations came not all at once; but first the Suchimilcos, next the Chalcas, and thirdly the Tepanetans, fourthly those of Tescuco, after them the Tlalluicans: the sixt were the Tlascaltecans, which helped the Spaniards to conquer Mexico, and therefore are exempted from tribute to this day. These expelled, as their Histories say, certaine Gyants, whome in pretence of friendship they had inuited to a banquet, and in their drunkennesse stole away their weapons, and slew them. Neither doth this seeme a fable; for at this day are found dead mens bones, of incredible big∣nesse. I saw a tooth (sayth Acosta) at Mexico, in the yeare 1586, as bigge as the fist of a man, and according to this, all the rest was proportionable. Three hundred and two yeares after the first transmigration, those of the seuenth Caue or Line arriued, which is the Mexican Nation: they worshipped the Idoll Vitzliputzli, and the Deuill spake and gouerned this Nation. He promised to make them Lords ouer all, which the other six Nations possessed, and to giue them a Land plentifull in riches: where∣upon they went forth, carrying their Idoll with them in a Coffer of Reedes, sup∣ported by foure of their principall Priests, with whome he talked, and communi∣cated his Oracles and Directions. He likewise gaue them Lawes, and taught them the Ceremonies and Sacrifices they should obserue. And euen as the pillar of Cloud and Fire conducted the Israelites in their passage through the Wildernesse, so this apish Deuill gaue them notice when to aduaunce forwards, and when to stay. The first thing they did wheresoeuer they came, was to build a house or Tabernacle for their Vitzliputzli, which they set alway in the middest of their Campe, and there placed the Arke in the middest of the Altar. This done, they sowed the Land, and if their God commanded to gather, they did so, and if, to raise their Campe, they obey∣ed, leauing the aged, ticke, and weary, to gather the fruits, and to dwell there. The chiefe Captaine whom they followed was called Moxi, whence came the name of their c 1.280 Citie and Nation. Their Idoll perswaded them, when some were bathing themselues in certaine Lakes, to remoue the Campe closely, and steale away their cloathes: whereat they which were thus forsaken, changed their language and man∣ner of life, retaining alway their hatred to the Mexicans. They peopled the Prouince Mechouacan, From hence to Mexico is fiftie leagues, and vpon the way is Malinalco, which they say was peopled by a Witch and her family, whom by the commande∣ment of their god they left behind, closely remouing the armie by night. They stayed in a place called Tuta, where by stopping a Riuer, they drowned a Plaine, and planted it round with Willowes and other Trees; and many liking the place, talked of stay∣ing there: whereat their God offended, threatened the Priests, and in the night slew those which had consulted of staying. Their hearts were found pulled out, and their stomackes opened, which, after that, they obserued in their Sacrifices. The Mexicans,

by the aduise of their Idoll, proceeded, and by force made way through the Chalcas, and sent to the Lord of Culhuacan, who graunted them the place of Ticaapan to dwell in, which was full of Snakes and venomous Beasts, which by the helpe of their God they tamed. He would not suffer them to stay there, but commaunded them to proceede, and to seeke forth a woman, whome they should name the Goddesse of Discord. Whereupon they sent to the King of Culhuacan, to demaund his daughter to be Queene of the Mexicans, and mother of their God; who easily condescended, and sent his daughter gorgeously attyred. The same night shee arriued, by order of their God, she was murthered, and flayed, and a young man was couered with her skinne, with her apparrell thereon, and being placed neere the Idoll, was consecra∣ted a Goddesse, and mother of their God, euer after worshipping the same, making an Idoll which they call Toccy, that is, our Grandmother. The King of Culhuacan hereupon warred against them, and chased them out of those parts, by which meanes they came to the place where Mexico now is. Here certaine old Priests or Sorcerers entring into a place full of water-Lillies, they met with a very faire and cleare cur∣rent of Water, with Trees, Medowes, Fish, and other things, all very white, which were the signes their God had giuen them of their promised Land. In the night fol∣lowing, Vitzliputzli appeared in a dreame to an auncient Priest, saying, That they should goe seeke out a Tunal in the Lake, which grew out of a stone, vpon which they should see an Eagle feeding on smal Birds, which they should hold for the place where their Citie should be built, to become famous through the world. Hereupon the next day they all assembled, and diuiding themselues into bands, made that search with great diligence and deuotion.

In their search they met with the former water-course, not white (as it was then) but redde like bloud, diuiding it selfe into two streames, one of which was an ob∣scure Azure. At last they espied the Eagle with wings, displayed toward the Sunne, compassed about with many rich feathers of diuerse colours, and holding in his Tal∣lons a goodly bird. At this sight they fell on their knees, and worshipped the Eagle, with great demonstrations of ioy and thankes to Vitzliputzli. For this cause they called the Citie, which there they founded, d 1.281 Tenoxtiltan, which signifies, Tunal on a stone; and to this day carrie in their Armes an Eagle vpon a Tunal, with a bird in his Tallon.

The next day following, by common consent, they made an Heremitage, adioyning to the Tunal of the Eagle, that the Arke of their God might rest there, till they might haue meanes to build him a sumptuous Temple. This they made of Flagges and Turfes, couered with Straw. Afterwards they consulted to buy of their neighbours Stone, Timber, Lime, in exchange of Fish, Fowles, Frogges, and other things which they hunted for in the Lake: by which meanes they procuring necessaries, built a Chappell of Lime and Stone, and laboured to fill vp part of the Lake with rubbish. The Idoll commaunded, that they should diuide themselues into foure principall quarters about this house, and each part build therein: to which he enioyned cer∣taine Gods of his appointment, called Calpultetco, which is, Quarter-Gods. This was the beginning of Mexico.

This diuision seemed not equall to some of the Ancients, who valued their deserts farre aboue their allotted portion, who therefore separated themselues, and went to Tlatedulco: whose practises against the Mexicans caused them to chuse a King, to which Soueraignetie was chosen Acamapitzli, Nephew to the King of Culhuacan, and of the Mexican bloud by the fathers side. Him by embassage they demaunded, and obtained in the name of their God, with this answere from the King of Culhua∣can: Let my grand-child goe to serue your God, and be his Lieutenant, to rule and go∣uerne his creatures, by whome wee liue; who is the Lord of Night, Day, and Windes: Let him goe and be Lord of the Water and Land, and possesse the Mexican Nati∣on, &c.

Hee was solemnely welcommed by the Mexicans: Welcome them art (sayth

an e 1.282 Oratour vnto him in their name) to this poore House and Citie, amongst these Weedes and Mudde, where thy poore Fathers, Grandfathers, and Kinsfolkes endure what it pleaseth the Lord of things created. Remember Lord, thou commest to be our defence, and to be the resemblance of our Vitzliputzli, not to rest thy selfe, but to endure a new charge: with many words of that effect, expressed in the Mexican Histories, reserued by tradition; the children to that end learning them by heart, and these be∣ing as presidents to them which learned the Art Oratorie. After this, they were sworne, and he crowned. The Crowne was like that of the Dukes of Venice. His name Acamapixtli signifieth a handfull of Reedes, and therefore they carrie in their Armories a hand, holding many Arrowes of Reedes.

The Mexicans at this time were tributaries to the Tapanccans, whose chiefe Ci∣tie was Azcapuzalco: who iudging, according to the nature of Enuie and Suspiti∣on, that they were so much weaker, how much the stronger they saw their neigh∣bours, thought to oppresse them by a strange policie, in imposing an vncouth, and (in shew) impossible tribute: which was, that they should bring the Tapunecan King a Garden, planted and growing in the water.

In this their distresse, Vitzliputzli taught them to doe it, by casting earth vpon Reedes and Grasse layed in the Lake, and planting in this mouing Garden Maiz, Figges, Gourds, and other things, which at the time appointed they carried growing and ripe: a thing often since proued in that Lake, emulous no lesse of that glorie, to be accounted one of the Wonders in that New World, then those pensill Gardens, towred vp in the Ayre at Babylon, both here and there the reason of man, according to his naturall priuiledge, subiecting to his vse the most rebellious Elements of Ayre and Water.

Acamapixtli, the Mexican King, after he had reigned fortie yeares, died, leauing it to their choise to chuse his successour. They chose his sonne Vitzilovitli, which signifieth a rich Feather: They annointed him with an Ointment, which they call Diuine, being the same where with they annoint their Idoll.

Of their Coronation thus f 1.283 Lopez de Gomara sayth, That this was done by the High Priest, attyred in his Pontificalibus, attended with many others in Surplices, the Oyntment was as blacke as Inke. They blessed him, and sprinkled him foure times with holy Water, made at the time of the consecration of their God. Then they put vpon his head a Cloth, painted with the bones and skulls of dead men, clothed him with a blacke garment, and vpon that a blew, both painted with figures of Skulls and Bones. Then did they hang on him Laces, and bottles of Pouders, whereby he was deliuered from diseases and Witchcrafts. Then did he offer Incense to Vitzli∣putzli, and the High Priest tooke his Oath, for the maintenance of their Religion; to maintaine Iustice, and the Lawes; to cause the Sunne to giue his light, and the Clouds to raine, and the Earth to be fruitfull, &c. Lastly, followed the acclamati∣ons of the people, crying, GOD saue the King, with daunces, &c.

He being crowned, and hauing receiued homage of his subiects, obtained the King of Azcapuzalco his daughter to wife, by whom he had a sonne called Chimalpo∣poca, and procured a relaxation of tribute from his father in law. He was deuout in his superstitions: hauing raigned thirteene yeares, hee died. His sonne then but ten yeares old, was chosen in his roome, but was soone after slaine by the inhabitants of Azcapuzalco. The Mexicans enraged with this iniurie, assembled themselues, and an Orator, among many other words tells them, That the Sunne is eclipsed and darke∣ned for a time, but will returne suddenly in the choise of another King. They agreed vp∣on Izcoalt, which signifieth a Snake of Rasors, the source of Acamapixtls their first King. The common people were earnest with this new King for peace with the Tapanecans, for the obtaining whereof they would carrie their God in his Litter for an intercessor. This was hindered by Tlacaellec the Kings Nephew, a resolute and valiant young man, who also, with perill of his life, vndertooke an Embassage to Azcapuzalco, and there defied the King, annointing him with the ointment of the

dead, after their manner. The commons of Mexico were herewith offended, and to pacifie them, the King indented with them, That if he lost the Field, they should eate him and his Nobles: they on the other side promising, if he did ouercome, to become his tributaries (for before they enioyed much freedome) and to labour in his Fields and Houses, and to become his seruants in Warre and Peace. In fine, such was the valour of Tlacaellec the Generall, that the enemies were ouerthrowne, their Citie sac∣ked, and the remainder of them made tributarie, the lands and goods of the conque∣red being diuided among the Conquerours, and some reserued to each quarter of Mexico, for the vse of their Sacrifices.

Cuyacan had the next place in the Mexican Conquests: who hauing inuited the Mexicans to a banquet, in the end thereof sent for the last Seruice, womens habites, which they forced them to put on: but Izcoalt and Tlacaellec made them know, by their ruine, the manhood of the Mexicans. They subdued also the Suchimilcos, and Cuitlavaca, a Citie in the Lake; Teseuco yeelded it selfe. Izcoalt after twelue yeares died, and Moteçuma the first was chosen in his stead.

Presently after his Election they conducted him to the Temple with a great trayne, where, before the Diuine Harth-(so called in regard of the continuall fire there kept) they enthronized him. The King there drew bloud from his eares and legges with a Griffons tallons as a Sacrifice, and was congratulated with many Orations of the Priests, Ancients, and Captaines. And whereas before they had accustomed, in their Elections, to make great Feasts and Daunces, and wasted many Lights; He brought in the custome, personally to make warre in some Prouince, thence to procure Sacri∣fices, to feast their Gods and men. This he performed at Chalco, from whence hee brought many Captiues, which on the day of his Coronation were sacrificed and eaten.

At this Feast all his Tributes were brought in with great solemnitie, each Prouince marching by it selfe, besides innumerable Presents. All commers were bountifully entertained, and the poore were clad with new garments, giuen them by the King. The Chalcas had taken a brother of Moteçuma, and would haue made him their King, but he enioyning them to make a high Scaffold, ascended thereon, and telling them, the Gods would not permit, that to be a King, he should be a traytor vnto his Countrey, cast downe himselfe; whose death Moteçuma reuenged with the ruine of that whole Nation, conquering further vnto the North and South Seas, by the coun∣sell and courage of Tlacaellec. This King instituted new Ceremonies, and encreased the number of the Priests: he built the great Temple of Vitzliputzli & sacrificed great numbers of men at the dedication. Hauing raigned eight and twentie yeares, hee died.

Tlacaellec was chosen his successour by the foure Deputies, and the two Lords of Tescuco and Tacuba (these were the Electors) but refused the Empire, as being fitter for the common good, as an instrument to another, then if himselfe welded the Scep∣ter. At his nomination they chose Ticocic; sonne of the late King, and piercing his nosthrills, for an ornament put an Emerald therein. He, in seeking captiues for the solemnitie of his Coronotion, lost more of his owne people, and after foure yeares was poysoned by his male content subiects.

Axayaca his brother succeeded, altogether of another spirit. In his time died Tlacaellec, chiefe author of the Mexican greatnesse, whom before in his age they vsed to carrie in his Chaire, on mens shoulders, to councell. He was buried more solemn∣ly then any of the Kings, and his sonne was made Generall for the warres. Axayaca conquered Tequantepec, two hundred leagues from Mexico, thence to furnish the bloudie solemnities of his Coronation. He added to his Conquests Guatulco on the South Sea: in single combate ouercame the Lord of Tlarelulco, and subdued those Mexican-enemies of the Mexicans, setting fire on their Citie and Temple. After ele∣uen yeares he died, and Antzal the eight King was chosen. He punished the pride of Quaxulatlan, a rich Prouince, with those captiues, to celebrate his Coronation-Feast, and extended his dominion to Guatimala, three hundred leagues from Mexico. Hee

much adorned his Royall Citie, pulling downe the old houses, and in their roome e∣rected fairer. He let in a course of water to the Citie, because that of the Lake was muddie. But because they of Cuyoacan vsed these waters, the chiefe man of that Citie, which was a great Magician, sought to hinder it, whereby the King being pro∣uoked, sent to attach him. He escaped by his Protean Arts; now appearing like an Eagle, the second time like a Tygre, the third like a Serpent. But at last he was taken and strangled, and the Mexicans forced a Channell, whereby the water might passe to their Citie, the Priests meane-while casting Incense on the bankes, sacrificing the bloud of Quailes; others winding their Cornets: and one of the chiefe went attyred in a habite like to the Goddesse of the Waters, which was saluted and welcommed by all the people. All which things are painted in the Annales of Mexico: which Booke is now in the Vatican Librarie at Rome. Thus hee enuironed the Citie with water like another Venice; and hauing raigned eleuen yeares, died.

Moteçuma the second was chosen, who before his Soueraigntie was of graue and stayed disposition, much addicted to his deuotions. He retyred himselfe into a Chap∣pell, appointed for him in the Temple of Vitzliputzli, where (they say) the Idoll spake to him; wherein also hee hidde himselfe, after hee had intelligence of this Election. From thence he was ledde to the Harth of their Gods, where he sacrificed, with draw∣ing bloud from his eares and the calues of his legges. They attired him with the roy∣all ornaments, and piercing his nosthrills, hung there at a rich Emerald. Being seated in his Throne, the King of Tescuco, one of the Electors; made an eloquent Oration, which Ioseph g 1.284 Acosta hath set downe word by word, and-deserued a roome here, if our hastie Pilgrimage would suffer.

This Moteçuma commaunded, That no Plebeian should serue him in any Office in his House, prouiding Knights and Nobles for that purpose. His Coronation was so∣lemnized with Dances, Comedies, Banquets, Lights, and other pompe: the sacrificed captiues were of a farre Prouince toward the North Sea, which he subdued. Mecho∣vacan, Tlascalla, and Tapeaca neuer yeelded to the Mexicans; which Moteçuma told Cortes, that he spared for the vse of his sacrifices, and the exercise of his souldiors. He laboured to be respected and worshipped as a God. It was death for any Plebeian to looke him in the face: He neuer set his foot on the ground, but was alwaies carried on the shoulders of Noblemen; and if he lighted, they layed rich Tapestrie, whereon he did goe. He neuer put on one Garment twice, nor vsed one Vessell, or Dish, aboue once. He was rigorous in execution of his Lawes, and for that purpose would dis∣guise himselfe, to see how they were executed, and offer bribes to the Iudges, to pro∣uoke them to iniustice; which, if they accepted, cost them their liues, though they were his kinsmen, or brethren. His fall is before declared: it shall not be amisse here to men∣tion some prodigious fore-runners of the same. The Idoll of Cholola, called Quetza∣coalt, declared, That a strange people came to possesse his Kingdome. The King of Tescuco, a great Magician, and many Sorcerers, told him as much. The King shut vp the Sorcerers in prison, where they vanished presently: wherefore he exercised that rage on their wiues and children, which he had intended against them. Hee sought to appease his angrie Gods by Sacrifices, and therefore would haue remoued a great stone, which by no humane industrie would be moued, as refusing his attonement. Strange voices were heard, accompanied with Earthquakes and swellings of the wa∣ters. A prodigious Bird, of the bignesse of a Crane, was taken, which on his head had (as it were) a Glasse representing armed men, and in the Kings presence vanished. A stranger thing befell a poore man, who was taken vp by an Eagle, and carried in∣to a certaine Caue, where hee let him downe, pronouncing these words; Most mightie Lord, I haue brought him whome thou hast commaunded. There he saw one like the King, lying asleepe; touching whome hauing receiued threatening Pro∣phesies, hee was againe by that former Pursuiuant placed where hee had beene taken vp. These thinges, as deuillish illusions, abusing GODS Prouidence and Iustice, and Imitating his Power, to robbe him of his glorie, deserue to be men∣tioned.

Muteçuma hauing intelligence of Cortes his arriuall, was much troubled, and con∣ferring with his Counsell, they all said, that without doubt their great and ancient Lord Queztzalcoalt who had said, that hee would returne from the East whither hee was gone, had now fulfilled his promise and was come. Therefore did hee send Em∣bassadours with presents vnto Cortes, acknowledging him for Queztzalcoalt, (some∣time their Prince, now esteemed a God) and himselfe his Lieutenant.

Concerning the State of Mexico vnder the Spaniards, Robert h 1.285 Tomson who was there about the year 1555. saith, that then it was thought there were a thousand & fiue hundred housholds of Spaniards, and aboue three hundred thousand Indians. The i 1.286 Citie is enuironed with a Lake, and the Lake also with Mountaines about thirtie leagues in compasse; the raines falling from these Hills cause the lake.

In this Citie resideth the Viceroy, and here the highest Indian Courts are kept. There are weekely three faires or markets, abounding with plentie of commodities at a cheape price. Many Riuers fall into the Lake, but none goe out. The Indians know how to drowne the Citie, and would haue practised it, had not the Conspirators been taken and hanged. The Indians here are good Artificers, Gold-smithes, Copper∣smithes, Black-smithes, Carpenters, Shooe-makers, Taylors, Sadlers, Embroderers, and of all other sciences, and worke exceeding cheape, liuing of a little. They will goe two or three leagues to a Faire, carrying not aboue a penny-worth of commodities, and yet maintayne themselues thereby.

Miles k 1.287 Philips saith, that when S^r.Francis Drake was on the South Sea, the Vice∣roy caused a generall muster to be made of all the Spaniards in Mexico, and found a∣boue seuen thousand housholds, and three thousand single men, and of Mestizoes twentie thousand.

M^r. Chiltou l 1.288 testifieth, that euery Indian payeth tribute to the King twelue Realls of Plate, and a Hauneg of Maiz, (fiue Haunegs make a quarter English) and euery Widdow halfe so much. And all their children, aboue fifteene yeares old, pay after the same rate. He hath great gaine by his fifths, and by the Popes Bulls: this leaden ware was worth to the King at first aboue three Millions of gold yearely. The great∣nesse of exactions caused two rebellions whiles he was there, and the King will not suffer them to haue Oile or Wine there growing, although the earth would prodigally repay them, that they may still haue neede of Spaine. Tlaxcalla, for their merits in the conquest of Mexico, as before is shewed, is free: only they pay a handfull of wheat a man in signe of subiection: but some later encrochers haue forced them to till at their owne charge as much ground as their tribute would amount to. There are in it two hundred thousand Indians.

Some of the wild people in New Spaine are deadly enemies to the Spaniards, and eate as many as they get of them. Iohn Chilton fell into their hands, but being sicke and leane, they thought (as a captiue wench told him) that he had the Pox, and was but vnholsome foode, and so let him depart. It is an ill winde that blowes none to good: sicknesse, the harbenger of death, was to him preseruer of life.

Mexico is now an m 1.289 Vniuersitie, and therein are taught those Sciences which are read in our Vniuersities of Europe. This Vniuersitie was n 1.290 there founded by Antonie Mendoza, and King Philip erected a College of the Iesuits, An.1577. Mexico is an Archbishoprick. There o 1.291 be many Spanish Colonies or Plantations, Compostella, Colima, Guadaleiara, Mechocan, Citie of Angele, and others: whereof diuers are Episcopall Sees. In Guaste can, not farre from Panuco, is a Hill, from whence spring two Fountaines, one of black pitch, the other of red, very hot. To speake largely of New Galicia, Mechuacan, Guaste can, and other Regions, would not be much to the Readers delight, and lesse to my purpose.

CHAP. XI.

Of the Idols and Idolatrous sacrifices of New Spaine.

THe Indians (as Acosta a 1.292 obserueth) had no name proper vnto God, but vse the Spanish word Dios fitting it to the accent of the Cuscan or Mexican tongues. Yet did they acknowledge a supreme power, cal∣led Vitziliputzli, terming him the Most puissant, & Lord of all things, to whom they erected at Mexico the most sumptuous Temple in the Indies. After the Supreme God they worshipped the Sunne, and there∣fore called Cortes (as he writ to the Emperour) Sonne of the Sunne. That Vitziliputzli b 1.293 was an Image of wood, like to a man, set vpon an Azure-coloured stoole in a bran∣kard or litter; at euery corner was a peece of wood like a Serpents head. The stoole signified that he was set in heauen. He had the forehead Azure, and a band of Azure vnder the nose, from one eare to the other. Vpon his head he had a rich plume of fea∣thers, couered on the top with gold: he had in his left hand a white target, with the figures of fiue Pine Apples, made of white feathers, set in a Crosse; and from aboue issued forth a crest of gold: At his sides hee had foure Darts, which, the Mexicans say, had beene sent from heauen. In his right hand he had an Azured staffe, cut in fashion of a wauing Snake. All these ornaments had their mysticall sense. The name of Vit∣ziliputzli signifies the left hand of a shining feather. Hee was set vpon an high Altar in a small boxe, well couered with linnen clothes, iewells, feathers, and ornaments of gold: and for the greater veneration he had alwaies a curtaine before him. Ioyning to the Chappell of this Idoll, there was a pillar of lesse worke and not so well beautifi∣ed, where there was another Idoll called Tlaloc. These two were alwaies together, for that they held them as Companions, and of equall power. There was an other I∣dol in Mexico much esteemed, which was the c 1.294 God of Repentance, and of Iubilees and Pardons for their sinnes. He was called Tezcallipuca, made of a black shining stone, attyred after their manner, with some Ethnike deuises: it had eare-rings of gold and siluer, and through the neather lip a small Canon of Crystall, halfe a foot long, in which they sometimes put an Azure feather, sometimes a greene, so resembling a Tur∣queis or Einerald: it had the haire bound vp with a haire-lace of gold, at the end whereof did hang an eare of gold, with two fire-brands of smoke painted therein, sig∣nifying that he heard the prayers of the afflicted, and of sinners. Betwixt the two eares hung a number of small Herons. He had a iewell hanging at his neck, so great that it couered all his stomack: vpon his armes, bracelets of gold; at his nauill a rich greene stone, and in his left hand a fanne of pretious feathers of greene, azure, and yellow, which came forth of a looking glasse of gold, signifying that he saw all things done in the world. In his right hand hee held foure Darts as the ensignes of his iustice, for which cause they feared him most. At his festiuall they had pardon of their sinnes. They accompted him the God of Famine, drought, barrennesle, and pestilence. They painted him in another forme, sitting in great maiestie on a stoole, compassed in with a red Cu••••in, painted and wrought with the heads and bones of dead men. In the lest hand was a Target with fiue Pines, like vnto Pine-Apples, of Cotton; and in the right hand a little Dart, with a threatning countenance, and the arme stretched out, as if he would call it: and from the Target came foure Darts. The countenance expres∣sed anger, the bodie was all painted black, and the head full of quailes feathers. Quecalc uatl was their God of the Aire.

In Cholula d 1.295 they worshipped the God of Merchandise, called Quetzaalcoalt, which had the forme of a man, but the visage of a little Bird with a red bill, & aboue, a combe full of warts, hauing also ranks of teeth, and the tongue hanging out. It carryed on

the head a pointed Mitre of painted paper, a sithe in the hand, and many toyes of gold on the legs: it had about it gold, siluer, iewells, feathers, and habits of diuers colours: and was set aloft in a spacious place in the Temple. All this his furniture was signifi∣cant. The name importeth Colour of a rich feather. No maruell if this God had many suters, seeing Gaine is both God and godlinesse to the most; the whole world admiring and adoring this Mammon or Quitzaalcoalt. Tlaloc was their God of water: to whom they sacrificed for raine.

They had also their Goddesses e 1.296 , the chiefe of which was Toz••. which is to say, Our Grand-mother, of which is spoken before; shee was flaied by the command of Vitzi∣liputzli, and from hence they learned to flay men in sacrifice, and to cloth the liuing with the skins of the dead. One of the Goddesses, which they worshipped, had a sonne who was a great hunter, whom they of Tlascalla afterwards tooke for a God; being themselues addicted much to that exercise. They therefore made a great feast vnto this Idoll as shall after follow.

They had an other strange kinde of Idoll which was not an Image, but a true Man. For they tooke a captiue, and before they sacrificed him they gaue him the name of the Idoll, to whom he should be sacrificed, apparrelling him also with the same orna∣ments. And during the time that this representation lasted (which was for a yeare in some feasts, six moneths in some, in others lesse) they worshipped him in the same manner, as they did their God; he in the meane time eating, drinking, and making merrie. When hee went through the streets, the people came forth to worship him, bringing their almes, with children and sick folks, that he might cure and blesse them, suffering him to doe all things at his pleasure; only hee was accompanied with ten or twelue men, lest he should flee. And he (to the end hee might bee reuerenced as hee passed) sometimes sounded on a small flute. The feast being come, this fat foole was killed, opened, and eaten.

Lopes f 1.297 de Gomara writeth, that the Mexicans had two thousand Gods g 1.298 , but the chiefe were Vitziliputzli and Tezcatlipuca. These two were accompted brethren: There was an other God who had a great Image placed on the top of the Idolls chap∣pell, made all of that Countrie seedes, ground, and made into past, tempered with chil∣drens bloud, and Virgins sacrificed, whose hearts were plucked out of their opened breasts, and offered as first fruits to that Idoll. It was consecrated by the Priests with great solemnitie, all the Citizens being present, many deuout persons sticking in the dowie Image gold and iewells: after which consecration no secular person may touch that Image, nor come in his Chappell. They renew this Image with new dow many times, and O ter•• quater•• blessed man he, that can get any reliques of him. The Soul∣diers thought themselues hereby safe in the warres.

At this consecration also a Vessell of water was hallowed with many ceremonies, and kept at the foot of the Altar for the Kings coronation, and to blesse the Captaines that went to the warres, with a draught of it.

Next after their Gods it followeth to speake of their h 1.299 Goddesse sacrifices: where∣in they surmounted all the Nations of the world in beastly butcheries. The persons they sacrificed were i 1.300 captiues: to get which, they made their warres, rather seeking in their victories to take then to kill. Their manner of Sacrificing was this. They assem∣bled such as should be sacrificed in the Pallisadoe of dead mens skulls, of which wee shall after speake, where they vsed a certaine ceremonie at the foot of the Palisado; they placed a great guard about them. Presently there stept forth a Priest attyred with a short surplesse full of tassels beneath, who came from the top of the Temple, bearing an Idoll made of Wheat & Mays mingled with bony, which had the eies thereof made of greene glasse, and the teeth of the graines of Mays. He descended the steps of the Temple with all speede, and ascended by a little ladder vp a great stone, planted vpon a high terrasse in the midst of the Court. This stone was called Quauxi-ca••••••, that is, the stone of Eagle: as he went vp and came downe, still he embraced his Idoll. Then went hee vp to the place, where those were which should bee sacrificed, shewing his Idoll to euery one in particular, saying vnto them, this is your God. This done, he des∣cended

by the other side of the staires, and all such as should die, went in Procession to the place where they should be sacrificed, where they found the Ministers readie for that office. Six of the Priests were appointed to this execution; foure to hold the handes and feet of him that should be sacrificed, the fift to hold his head, the sixt to open his stomack, and pull out his heart. They called them Chachalmna, that is, the Ministers of holy thinges. It was a high dignitie wherein they succeeded their Pro∣genitours.

The sixt, which killed the Sacrifice, was as a high Priest, or Bishop, whose name was different according to the difference of times and solemnities. Their habits also differed according to the times. The name of their chiefe dignitie was Papa and To∣pilzm. Their habite and robe was a red Curtaine with tassells below, a Crowne of rich feathers, Greene, White, and Yellow, vpon his head; and at his eares like pen∣dants of gold, wherein were set greene stones, and vnder the lippe vpon the midst of the beard, he had a peece like vnto a small Canon of an Azured stone.

The sacrificer came with his face and handes shining black: the other fiue had their haire much curled, and tyed vp with laces of leather, bound about the midst of the head: vpon their forehead they carried small roundelets of paper painted about with diuers colours, and they were attyred in a Dalmatike robe of white wrought with black, in this attyre representing the Deuill. The Soueraigne Priest carried a great knife in his hand of a large and sharpe flint, an other carried a coller of wood wrought in forme of a Snake, all put themselues in order before a Pyramidall stone which was directly against the dore of the Chappel of their Idoll. This stone was so pointed, that the man which was to bee sacrificed, being laied thereon vpon his back, did bend in such sort, as letting the knife but fall vpon his stomack, it opened very easily in the middest. Then did the guard cause them to mount vp certaine large staires in ranke to this place, and as euery one came in their order, the six sacrificers tooke him, one by one foot, an other by the other; and one by one hand, an other by the other, all naked, and cast him on his back vpon this pointed stone: where the fift of them put the coller of wood about his neck, and the high Priest opened his stomack with the knife with a strange dexteritie and nimblenesse, pulling out his heart with his handes, the which hee shewed smoking vnto the Sunne, to whom hee did offer this heat and fume of the heart: and presently he turned towards the Idoll, and did cast the heart at his face, & then cast away the body, tumbling it downe the staires of the Temple, there being not two foot space betwixt the stone and the first step. In this sort they sacrifi∣ced them all one after another. Their Masters, or such as had taken them, tooke vp the bodies and carryed them away, and diuiding them amongst them, did eate them. There were euer fortie or fiftie, at the least, thus sacrificed. The neighbour Nations did the like, imitating the Mexicans in this sacred Butcherie.

There was another kinde of Sacrifice, which they made in diuers feasts, called Ra∣caxipe Velitzli which is as much as the flaying of men, because they flayed the sacri∣fice (as is said) and there with apparelled a man appointed to that end. This man i 1.301 went dancing and leaping through all the houses and market places of the Citie, euery one being forced to offer something vnto him: which, if any refused, he would strike him ouer the face with the corner of the skinne, defiling him with the congealed bloud. This continued till the skinne did stinke, during which time much almes was gathe∣red, which they imployed in necessaries for their deuotions. In many of these Feasts they made a challenge betweene him that did sacrifice, and him that should bee sacri∣ficed, thus: They tyed the slaue by one foot to a wheele of stone, giuing him a sword and target in his handes to defend himselfe: then stepped forth the other armed in like manner. And if hee that should bee sacrificed, defended himselfe valiantly a∣gainst the other, hee was freed, and was reputed a famous Captaine: but if hee were vanquished, he was sacrificed on that stone whereto he was tyed.

They euery yeare gaue one slaue to the Priests, to represent their Idoll. At his first entrie into the office, after hee had beene well washed they adorned him with the Idols ornaments and name, as before is said: and if hee escaped before his time of

Sacrifice was expired, the chiefe of his guard was substituted to that representation, and Sacrifice. He had the most honourable lodging in all the Temple, where hee did eate and drinke, and whither all the chiefe Ministers came to serue and honour him: he was accompanied with Noble men through the streets. At night they put him in∣to a strong prison, and at the appointed feast sacrificed him.

The Deuill (a * 1.302 Murtherer from the beginning) suggested to the Priests, when there seemed defect of these Sacrifices, to goe to their Kings, telling them that their Gods dyed for hunger, and therefore should be remembred. Then assembled they their peo∣ple to warres to furnish their bloudie Altars.

There happened a strange accident in one of these Sacrifices, reported by men worthie of credit, That the Spaniards beholding these Sacrifices, a yong man whose heart was newly plucked out, and himselfe tumbled downe the staires, when he came to the botome, he said to the Spaniards in his language; Knights they haue slaine mee. The Indians themselues grew wearie of these cruell Rites, and therefore they easily embraced the Spaniards Christianitie: Yea, Cortes writ to the Emperour Charles, that those of Mechoa••an sent to him for his law, being wearie of their owne, as not see∣ming good vnto them.

Some of the Spaniards k 1.303 were thus sacrificed at Tescuco, and their horse-skinnes tanned in the haire, and hung vp with the horse-shooes in the great Temple, and next to them the Spaniards garments, for a perpetuall memorie. At the siege of Mexico, they sacrificed at one time, in sight of their Countrie-men, fortie Spaniards.

The l 1.304 Mexicans, besides their cruelties, had other vn-beseeming Rites in their Religion: as to eate and drinke to the name of their Idolls, to pisse in the honour of them, carrying them vpon their shoulders, to annoint and besmeare themselues fil∣thily, and other things, both ridiculous and lamentable.

They m 1.305 were so deuout in their superstitions, and superstitious in their deuotions, that before they would eate or drinke, they would take a little quantitie and offer it to the Sunne, and to the Earth. And if they gather Corne, Fruit, or Roses, they would take a leafe before they would smell it, and offer the same: he which did not thus, was accompted neither louing nor loued of God.

The Mexicans in the siege of their Citie, being brought to all extremities, spake thus, as Lopes reporteth, vnto Cortes; Considering that thou art the child of the Sunne, why doest not thou intreat the Sunne thy Father to make an end of vs: O Sunne that canst goe round about the world in a day and a night, make an end of vs, and take vs out of this miserable life, for we desire death, to goe and rest with our God Querca∣nath, who tarryeth for vs.

CHAP. XII.

Of the Religious places and persons in New Spaine: wherein is also handled their Penance, Marriages, Burialls, and other Rites, per∣formed by their Priests.

WE haue alreadie mentioned the Temple of Vitziliputzli in Mexico, which requireth our further description. It a 1.306 was built of great stones in fashion of Snakes tyed one to another: and had a great circuit, called Coatepantli, that is, a circuit of Snakes. Vpon the top of euery Chappell or Oratorie, where the Idols were, was a fine pillar wrought with small stones black as ieat, the ground raised vp with white and red, which below gaue a great light: Vpon the top of the pillar were battlements wrought like Snailes, supported by two Indians of stone, sitting, holding candlesticks in their hands, which were like Croysants, garnished and enriched at the ends, with yellow and greene fea∣thers, and long fringes of the same. Within the circuit of this Court there were many

chambers of religious men, and others that were appointed for the Priests and Popes. This Court is so great and spacious, that eight or ten thousand persons did dance easily in a round, holding hands, which was an vsuall custome there, howsoeuer it seemeth incredible. There were foure gates or entries, at the East, West, North, and South, at euery b 1.307 of which beganne a faire causey of two or three leagues long. There were in the midst of the Lake wherein Mexico is built, foure large causies. Vpon euery entrie was a God or Idoll, hauing the visage turned to the causie right against the Temple gate of Vitziliputzli. There were thirtie steps of thirtie fadome long, diuided from the circuit of the Court by a street that went betweene them. Vpon the top of these steps, there was a walke of thirtie foot broade, all plastered with chalke, in the midst of which walke was a Pallisado artificially made of very high Trees, planted in order a fadome a-sunder. These Trees were very bigge and all pierced with small holes from the foot to the top, and there were rods did runne from one Tree to another, to which were tyed many dead mens heads. Vpon euery rod were many skulls, and these rankes of skulls continue from the foot to the top of the Tree. This Pallisado was full of dead mens skulls from one end to the other, which were the heads of such as had beene sacrificed. For after the flesh was eaten, the head was deliuered to the Priests, who tyed them in this sort, vntill they fell off by morsells. Vpon the top of the Temple were two stones or Chappells, and in them the two Images of Vitziliputzli and Tlaloc. These Chappells were carued and grauen very artificially, and so high, that to ascend vp to it there were an hundred and twentie staires of stone. Before these Chappells there was a Court of fortie foot square, in the midst whereof was a high stone of fiue hand breadth, pointed in fashion of a Pyramide, placed there for the sacrificing of men as is before shewed.

Gomara c 1.308 saith, that this and other their Temples were called Tencalls, which sig∣nifieth Gods house. This Temple, he saith, was square, contayning euery way as much d 1.309 as a Crosse-bow can shoot leuell: in the midst stood a mount of earth and stone fif∣tie fadome long euery way, built Pyramide-fashion, saue that the top was flat; and ten fadome square. It had two such Pyramide stones or Altars for sacrifice, painted with monstrous figures. Euery Chappell had three lofts, one aboue another, susteyned vp∣pon pillars: From thence the eie with much pleasure might behold all about the Lake. Besides this Tower, there were fortie other Towers belonging to other inferior Tem∣ples; which were of the same fashion: only their prospect was not Westward, to make difference. Some of those Temples were bigger then others, and euery one of a se∣uerall God.

There was one round Temple dedicated to the God of the Aire, called Quecalco∣natl, the forme of the Temple representing the aires circular course about the earth. The entrance of that Temple had a dore, made like the mouth of a Serpent, with foule and deuillish resemblances, striking dreadfull horrour to such as entered. All these Temples had peculiar Houses, Priests, Gods, and Seruices. At euery dore of the great Temple was a large Hall and goodly buildings, which were common Armories for the Citie. They had other darke houses full of Idols of diuers mettalls, all embrewed with bloud, the daily sprinkling whereof makes them shew black: yea, the walls were an inch thick, and the ground a foot thick with bloud, which yeelded a lothsome sent. The Priests entered daily therein, which they allowed not to others, except to Noble personages, who at their entrie were bound to offer some man to bee sacri∣ficed to those slaughter-houses of the Deuill. There did continually reside in the great Temple fiue thousand persons, which had there their meate, drinke, and lodging; the Temple enioying great reuennues and diuers Townes for the mainte∣nance thereof.

Next c 1.310 to the Temple of Vitziliputzli was that of Tescalipuca, the God of Penance, Punishments (and Prouidence) very high and well built. It had foure ascents; on the top was flat, an hundred and twentie foot broade; and ioyning to it was a Hal han∣ged with Tapestrie, and Curtins of diuers colours and workes. The dore being low and large was alwaies couered with a vaile, and none but the Priests might enter.

All this Temple was beautified with diuers Images and Pictures most curiously: for that these two Temples were as the Cathedrall Church, the rest as parishionall. They were so spacious, and had so many Chambers, that there were in them places for the Priests, Colledges, and Schooles.

Without f 1.311 the great Temple, and ouer against the principall doore, a stones cast distant was the Charnell house, or that Golgotha (before mentioned;) where vpon poles or stickes, and also in the walles (two Towers hauing no other stuffe but lime and skulles) Andrew de Tapia certified g 1.312 Gomara, that he, and Gonsala de Vmbria did reckon in one day, an hundred thirtie six thousand skulls. When any wasted, supply was made of others in their roome••

Within this great Circuit of the principall Temple were two houses, like Cloisters, the one opposite to the other, one of men, the other of women. In that of women they were Virgins only, of twelue or thirteen yeares of age, which they called the Maids of Penance: they were as many as the men, and liued chastely, and regularly, as Vir∣gins dedicated to the seruice of their God. Their charge was to sweepe and make cleane the Temple, and euery morning to prepare meate for the Idoll and his Mini∣sters, of the Almes the Religious gathered. The foode they prepared for the Idoll were small Loaues, in the forme of hands and feete, as of March-pane: and with this bread they prepared certaine sauces, which they cast daily before the Idoll, and his Priests did eate it.

These Virgins had their haire cut, and then let them grow for a certaine time: they rose at midnight to the Idols Mattins, which they dayly celebrated, performing the same exercises which the Religious did. They had their Abbesses, who employed them to make cloth of diuers fashions, for the ornaments of their Gods and Temples. Their ordinary habite was all white, without any worke or colour. They did their penance at midnight, sacrificing and wounding themselues, and piercing the tops of their eares, laying the bloud which issued forth vpon their cheekes, and after bathed themselues in a poole which was within the Monasterie. If any vvere found disho∣nest, they were put to death without remission, saying, shee had polluted the house of their God.

They held it for an ominous token, that some Religious man or woman had com∣mitted a fault, when they saw a Rat or a Mouse passe, or a Battin in the Idol-Chappell, or that they had gnawed any of the vailes, for that they say, a Cat, or a Bat would not aduenture to commit such an indignitie, if some of tence had not gone before: and then began to make inquisition, and discouering the offender, put him to death. None were receiued into this Monasterie, but the daughters of one of the six quarters, named for that purpose: and this profession continued a yeare, during which time, their fa∣thers and themselues had made a vow to serue the Idol in this manner, and from thence they went to be married.

The other Cloyster or Monasterie was of yong-men, of eighteene or twenty yeares of age, which they called Religious. Their crownes were shauen, as the Friers in these parts, their haire a little longer, which fell to the middest of their eare, except on the hinder part of the head, where they let it grow to their shoulders, and tied it vp in trusses. These serued in the Temple, liued poorely and chastely, and (as the Leuites) ministred to the Priests, Incense, Lights and Garments, swept and made cleane the holy Place, bringing wood for a continuall fire, to the harth of their God, which was like a Lampe that still burned before the Altar of their Idoll. Besides these, there were other little boyes that serued for manuall vses, as to decke the Temple with Boughs, Roses, and Reedes, giue the Priests water to wash, Rasours to sacri∣fice, and to goe with such as begged almes, to carrie it. All these had their superi∣ours, who had the governement ouer them, and when they came in publike, where women were, they carried their eyes to the ground, not daring to beholde them. They had linnen garments, and went into the Citie foure or sixe together, to aske almes in all quarters, and if they gote none, it was lawfull for them to goe into the Corne∣fields, and gather that which they needed, none daring to contradict them.

There might not aboue fiftie liue in this penance, they rose at mid-night and soun∣ded the Trumpets, to awake the people. Euery one watched by turne, least the fire before the Altar should die: they gaue the censer, with which the Priest at mid-night incensed the Idoll, and also in the morning, at noone, and at night. They h 1.313 were very subiect and obedient to their Superiours, and passed not any one point commanded. And at mid-night after the Priest had ended his censing, they retyred themselues a∣part into a secret place, where they sacrificed and drew bloud from the Calues of their legges with sharpe bodkins, therewith rubbing their Temples and vnder their Eares, presently washing themselues in a Poole appointed to that end. These yong men did not annoynt their heads and bodies with * 1.314 Petum, as the Priests did. This austeritie continued a yeare.

The Priests likewise rose at mid-night, and retyred themselues into a large place where were many lights, and there drew bloud, as the former, from their legges, then did they set these Bodkins vpon the battlements of the Court, stickt in straw, that the people might see. Neither might they vse one bodkin twice. The Priests also v∣sed great fasts of fiue or ten dayes together, before their great Feasts. Some of them to preserue their chastitie, slit their members in the midst, and did a hundred thinges to make themselues impotent, lest they should offend their Gods. They drunke no wine, and slept little, for that the greatest part of their exercises were by night.

They did vse also (that the selfe-tyrannising Catholike should not out-vie merits) to Discipline themselues with cords full of knots, wherein the people likewise came not behinde in cruell Processions, especially on the Feast of Tezcalipuca, lashing themselues with knotted Manguey-cords ouer the shoulders. The Priests fasted fiue dayes before that Feast, eating but once a day, and abstayning from their Wiues; the whips supplying those delicacies.

Gomara i 1.315 speaketh of others, besides those yong ones before mentioned, which liued in those Cloysters, some being sick, for their recouerie; some in extreme pouer∣tie, to finde reliefe; some for riches, for long life, for good husbands, for many chil∣dren, and some for vertue: euery one abode there as long as they had vowed, and af∣ter vsed their libertie. Their offices were to spinne cotton, wooll, and feathers, and to weaue cloth for their Gods, and themselues, to sweepe all the holy roomes: they might goe on Procession with the Priests, but not sing, nor goe vp the staires of the Temple: their foode was boiled flesh and hot bread, receiued of almes, the smoke whereof was offered to their Gods: they eate and lay all together, but lay in their clothes.

Touching their Priests in Mexico k 1.316 there were some high Priests or Popes, euen vnder the same name, called by the Mexicans,Papas, as they should say, Soueraigne Bishops: others, as before you haue heard, were of inferiour ranke. The Priests of Vitziliputzli succeeded by linages of certaine quarters of the Citie, deputed for that purpose: and those of other Idolls came by election, or by being offered to the Tem∣ple in their Infancie. The daily exercise of the Priests was to cast incense on the I∣dolls, which was done foure times in the space of a naturall day: at breake of day, at noone, at sunne-set, at mid-night. At mid-night all the chiefe Officers of the Temple did rise, and in stead of Bells they did sound a long time vpon Trumpets, Cornets, and Flutes, very heauily; which being ended, he that did the Office that weeke, stept forth attyred in a white Robe with a censer in his hand, full of coles, which hee tooke from the harth, burning continually before the Altar; in the other hand he had a purse full of incense, which hee cast into the censer, and entring the place where the Idoll was, he incensed it with great reuerence; then tooke hee a cloth with the which hee wiped the Altar and the Curtins. This done, they went all into a Chappell, and there did beat themselues and draw bloud with Bodkins, as is said: this was alwaies done at mid-night. None other but the Priests might intermeddle with their Sacrifices, and euery one did imploy himselfe according to his dignitie and degree. They did like∣wise preach to the people at some Feasts. They had reuennues, and great offerings.

The Mexican Priests l 1.317 were thus annoynted; they annoynted the bodie from

the foote to the head, and all the haire likewise, which hung like tresses, or a horse∣mane, for that they applied this vnction wet and moist. Their haire grew so, that in time it hung downe to their hammes, insomuch, that the weight made it burthen∣some; for they neuer cut it vntill they died, or were dispensed with for their great age, or were employed in gouernements, or some honourable charge in the Com∣mon-wealth. They carried their haire in tresses of sixe fingers breadth, which they died blacke with the fume of Sapine, Firre, or Rosine. They were alwayes died with this tincture, from the foote vnto the head, so as they were like vnto shining Ne∣gros. This was their ordinarie vnction; they had an other, when they went to sa∣crifice or incense on the toppes of mountaines, or in darke Caues, where their Idoles were, vsing also certaine ceremonies, to take away Feare, and adde Courage. This Vnction was made with diuerse venomous beasts, as Spiders, Scorpions, Salaman∣ders, and Vipers, which the boyes in the Colledges tooke and gathered together: wherein they were so expert, as they were alway furnished when the Priests called for them. They tooke all these together, and burnt them vpon the harth of the Temple which was before the Altar, vntill they were consumed to ashes. Then did they put them in Morters with much Tabacco or Petum, which maketh them loose their force; mingling likewise with these ashes, scorpions, spiders, and palmers aliue. After this, they put to it a certaine seed being grownd, which they called Ololol••chqui, whereof the Indians made drinkes to see Visions, for that the vertue of this herbe is to depriue men of sense. They did likewise grinde with these ashes blacke and hairie wormes, whose haire onelie is venomous: all which they mingled together with blacke, or the fume of rosine, putting it in small pots, which they set before their God, saying it was his meate, and therefore called it a Diuine meate. By meanes of this oyntment they became Witches, and did see and speake with the Deuill. The Priests, being slubbered with this oyntment, lost all feare, putting on a spirite of crueltie. By rea∣son whereof they did very boldely kill men in their Sacrifices, went all alone in the night time to the mountaines, and into obscure Caues, contemned all wilde beasts, beleeuing, that Lions, Tygres, Serpents, and the rest fled from them by vertue hereof.

This Petum did also serue to cure the sicke; and for children, all resorted to them as to their Sauiour, to apply vnto them this Diuine Physicke, as they called it. They vsed manifolde other superstitions to delude the people, in tying small flowers about their neckes, and strings with small bones of Snakes, commaunding them to bathe at cer∣tayne times, to watch all night at the Diuine harth, to eate no other bread but that which had beene offered to their Gods, that they should (vpon all occasions) repaire to their wisards, who with certaine graines tolde fortunes, and diuined, looking into keelers and pailes full of water. The Sorcerers & m 1.318 Ministers of the deuill vsed much to besmeare themselues. There were an infinite number of these witches, diuiners, inchan∣ters, and the like: and still there remaine of them (but secret) not daring publiquely to exercise their superstitions

The Mexicans n 1.319 had amongst them a kinde of Baptisme, which they did with cut∣ting the eares and members of yong children, hauing some resemblance of the Iewish circumcision. This ceremonie was done principally to the sonnes of Kings and No∣ble men: presently vpon their birth the Priestes did wash them, and did put a lit∣tle sword in the right hand, in the left, a Target. And to the children of the vul∣gar sort, they put the markes of their callings, and to their daughters, instruments to spinne, knit, and labour.

The o 1.320 Priests also had their office in marriages. The Bridegroome, and the Bride stood together before the Priest, who tooke them by the hands, asking them if they would marry: vnderstanding their will, he tooke a corner of the vaile, wherewith the vvoman had her head couered, and a corner of the mans gowne, which hee tied together on a knot, and so led them thus tied to the Bridegroomes house, where there was a harth kindled. Then he caused the Wife to goe seuen times about the harth, and so the mar∣ried couple sate downe together, and thus was the marriage contracted.

In other parts of New Spaine p 1.321 they vsed other marriage-rites; at Tlaxcallan the Bridegroome and Bride polled their heads, to signifie, that from thenceforth all chil∣dish courses should be laid aside. At Michuacan the Bride must looke directly vpon the Bridegroome, or else the marriage was not perfect. In Mixteopan they vsed to carrie the Bridegrome vpon their backes, as if hee were forced: and then they both ioyne hands, and knit their mantles together with a great knot. The Macatecas did not come together in twenty dayes after marriage, but abode in fasting and prayer all that while, sacrificing their bodies, and annoynting the mouths of the Idoles with their bloud. In Panuco the husbands buy their wiues for a bowe, two arrowes, and a net; and after∣wards the father in lawe speaketh not one word to his sonne in lawe for the space of a yere. When he hath a child, he lieth not with his wife in two yeres after, lest she should be with childe againe before the other bee out of daunger; some sucke twelue yeares: and for this cause they haue many wiues. No woman, while she hath her disease, may touch or dresse any thing. Adultery in Mexico was death: common women were per∣mitted, but no ordinarie stewes. The deuill did many times talke with their Priests, and with some other rulers and particular persons. Great gifts were offred vnto him whom the deuill had vouchsafed this conference. He appeared vnto them in many shapes, and was often familiar with them. He, to whom he appeared, carried about him, painted, the likenes where in he shewed himselfe the first time. And they painted his Image on their doores, benches, and euery corner of the house. Likewise, according to his Protean and diuersified Apparitions, they painted him in many shapes.

It belonged also to the office of the Priests and religious in Mexico, q 1.322 to interre the dead, and doe their obsequies. The places where they buried them were their gardens and courts of their owne houses: others carried them to the places of sacrifices, which were done in the mountaines: others burnt them, and after, buried the ashes in the temples, burying with them whatsoeuer they had of apparrell, stones & iewels. They did sing the funerall offices like Responds, often lifting vp the dead body, with many ceremonies. At these mortuaries they did eate & drinke; and if it were a person of qualitie, they gaue apparell to such as came. When one was dead, his friends came with their presents, and saluted him as if he were liuing. And if he were a King or Lord of some towne, they of∣fered some slaues to bee put to death with him, to serue him in the other world. They likewise put to death his Priest or Chaplaine (for euery nobleman had a Priest for his do∣mesticall holies) that he might execute his office with the dead. They likewise killed his cook, his butler, dwarffs, & deformed men, and whosoeuer had most serued him, though he were his brother. And to preuent pouerty, they buried with them much wealth, as gold, siluer, stones, curtins, and other rich peeces. And if they burned the dead, they vsed the like with all his seruants, and ornaments they gaue him for the other world, & last∣ly, buried the ashes with great solemnitie. The obsequies continued tenne dayes with mournefull songs, and the Priests carried away the dead with innumerable ceremonies. To the noble-men they gaue their honorable ensignes, armes, and particular blazons, which they carried before the body to the place of burning, marching as in a Processi∣on, where the Priests and Officers of the Temple went with diuers furnitures, and orna∣ments, some casting incense, others singing, and some making the drums and flutes to sound the mournefullest accents of sorrow. The Priest who did the office was decked with the markes of the Idoll which the Noble-man had represented: for all noble-men did represent Idoles and carry the name of some one.

Their r 1.323 Knighthood had these funerall solemnities. They brought the corpse to the place appointed, and environing it, and all the baggage, with pine-trees, set fire there∣on, maintaining the same with gummy wood, till all were consumed. Then came forth a Priest attired like a deuill, hauing mouths vpon euery ioynt of him, and many eyes of glasse, holding a great staffe with which he mingled all the ashes with terrible and feare∣full gestures. When s 1.324 the king of Mexico sickened, they vsed forthwith to put a visor on the face of Tezcatlipuca or Vitzilivitzli, or some other idoll, which was not taken away till he mended or ended. If he died, word was presently sent into all his dominions for publike lamentations, and noble-men were summoned to the funeralls. The bodie

was laid on a matte, and watched foure nights, then washed, and a lock of haire cut off for a relike, for therein (said they) remained the remembrance of his soule. After this an Emerald was put in his mouth, & his body shrowded in seuenteene rich mantles, costly and curiously wrought. Vpon the vpper mantle was set the Deuice or Armes of some I∣doll, whereunto he had beene most deuote in his life time, and in his Temple should the body be huried. Vpon his face they put a vizor painted with fowle and diuellish ge∣stures, beset with iewels: then they killed the slaue, whose office was to light the lamps, and make fire to the Gods of his pallace. This done, they carried the body to the Tem∣ple, some carrying targets, arrowes, mases and ensignes, to hurl•• into the funerall fire. The high-priest and his crew receiue him at the temple gate with a sorrowfull Song, and after hee hath said certaine words, the body is cast into the fire there prepared for that purpose, together with iewells: also a dogge newly strangled, to guide his way. In the meane while two hundred persons were sacrificed by the Priests, or more, to serue him, as is said. The fourth day after, fifteene slaues were sacrificed for his soule, and vpon the twentieth day, fiue; on the sixtieth, three, &c. The ashes with the locke of haire was put in a chest, painted on the inside, with diuellish shapes, together with an other locke of haire which had beene reserued since the time of his birth. On this chest was set the I∣mage of the King: the kindred offred great gifts before the same. The Kings of Mechua∣can obserued the like bloudy rites: many Gentlewomen were by the new King ap∣pointed their offices in their seruice to the deceased, and while his body was burning, were malled with clubbes, and buried foure and foure in a graue. Many women-slaues and free Maidens were slaine to attend on these Gentlewomen. But I would not bu∣rie my Reader in these direfull graues of men, cruell in life and death. Let vs seeke some Festiuall argument, if that may be more delightfull.

CHAP. XIII.

Of the supputation of times, Festiuall Solemnities, Colleges, Schooles, Letters, Opinions, and other remarkeable things in New-Spaine

THE Mexicans a 1.325 diuided the yeare into eighteene monethes, ascribing to each twenty-dayes, so that the fiue odde daies were excluded. These fiue they reckoned apart, and called them the daies of nothing: during the which, the people did nothing, neither went to their Temples, but spent the time in visiting each other: the sacrificers likewise ceased their sacrifices. These fiue daies being past, the first moneth began about the 26. of Februa∣rie. Gomara b 1.326 sets downe their monethes names in order. The Indians described them by peculiar pictures, commonly taken of the principall Feast therein. They accounted their weekes by thirteene daies : they had also a weeke of yeares which was likewise thirteene. They reckoned by a certaine wheele, which conteined foure weekes, that is, two and fiftie yeares. In the midst of this wheele was painted the Sunne, from which went foure beames or lines, in crosse, of distinct colours, greene, blew, red, and yellow; and so the lines betwixt these: on which they noted by some picture, the accident that befell any yeare, as the Spaniards comming, marked by a man clad in Red. The last night when this wheele was runne about, they brake all their Vessels and stuffe, put out their fire and all the lights, saying, that the world should end at the finishing of one of these wheeles, and it might be at that time; and then what should such things neede? Vpon this conceit they passed the night in great fears, but when they saw the day begin to breake, they presently beare many drummes, with much other mirth and musicke, saying; that GOD did prolong the time with another Age of two and fiftie yeares. And then began another wheele, the first day whereof they tooke from fire, for which they went to the Priest and made a solemne Sacrifice and Thanksgiuing. The twenty daies of each moneth were called by seuerall names, the

first Cipact•• which signifieth a Spade, and so the rest a house, a Dogge, a Snake, an Ea∣gle, a Temple, and the like. By this Calendar they keepe things in memory aboue nine hundred yeares since. The Indians of Culhua did beleeue that the Gods had made the world, they knew not how: and that since the Creation, foure Sunnes were past, and that the fift and last is the Sunne, which now giueth light vnto the world.

The first Sunne (forsooth) perished by water, and all liuing creatures therewith: the second fell from heauen, and with the fall slew all liuing Creatures, and then were ma∣ny Giants in the countrey. The third Sunne was consumed by fire: and the fourth, by Tempest of Aire and Winde; and then mankinde perished not, but was turned into Apes: yet when that fourth Sunne perished, all was turned into darknesse, and so conti∣nued fiue and twenty yeares: and at the fifteenth yeare, God did forme one man and woman, who brought forth Children, and at the end of other ten yeares appeared this fift Sunne newly borne, which after their reckoning is now in this yeare 1612, nine hundred and eighteene yeares since. Three dayes after this Sunne appeared, they held, that all the Gods did die, and that these which since they worship, were borne in pro∣cesse of time.

At the end of euerie twentie dayes the Mexicans celebrated a Feast called Tonalli, which was the last day of euery moneth. The last day of the first moneth was called Tlacaxipevaliztli, on which were slaine a hundred captiues in sacrifice, and eaten, o∣thers putting on the skinnes (as is before shewed.) Many of them would goe to the staughter with ioyfull countenance, dauncing, and demaunding almes, which befell to the Priests. When the greene corne was a foote aboue the ground, they vsed to goe to a certaine hill, and there sacrificed two children, a Gerle, and a Boy, three yeares old, to the honour of Tlaloc, god of Water, that they might haue raine: and because these children were free-borne, their hearts were not plucked out, but their throats being cut, their bodies were wrapped in a new mantle, and buried in a graue of stone.

When the fields of Maiz were two foote high, a Collection was made, and there∣with were bought foure little slaues, betwixt the age of fiue and seuen, and they were sacrificed also to Tlaloc, for the continuance of raine: and those dead bodies were shut vp in a Caue appoynted to that purpose. The beginning of this butcherie, was, by occasion of a drought which continued foure yeares, and forced them to leaue the Countrey. When the Maiz was ripe, in the moneth and Feast Hueitozotls, euerie man gathered his handfull of Maiz, and brought it to the Temple for an offering, with a certaine drinke called Atuli, made of the same graine. They brought also Copalli, a sweete gumme, to incense the Gods, which cause the corne to growe. At the begin∣ning of Summer, they celebrated the Feast Tlaxnehimcaco, with Roses and all sweete flowers, making Garlands thereof, to set on their Idoles heads, and spending all that day in dauncing. To celebrate the Feast Tecuilhustli, all the principall persons of each Prouince, came to the Citie on the euening of the Feast, and apparelled a woman with the attire of the God of Salt, who daunced among a great company of her neighbours, but the next day was sacrificed with much solemnitie, and all that day was spent in de∣uotion, burning of incense in the Temple. The Merchants had a Temple by them∣selues dedicate to the God of Gaine: they made their Feast vpon the day called Miccail∣huitl, wherein were sacrificed and eaten many captiues, which they had bought, and all the day spent in dancing.

In the Feast of Vchpaniztli they sacrificed a woman, whose skinne was put vpon an Indian, which two dayes together daunced with the Townes-men, celebrating the same Feast in their best attire.

In the day of Hatamutztli the Mexicans entred into the Lake with a great number of Canoas, and there drowned a Boy and a Gerle, in a little boat, which they caused to be suncke, in such sort, that neuer after that boat appeared againe, holding opini∣on, that those children were in company with the Gods of the Lake. That day they spent in feasting and annoynting their Idoles cheekes with a kinde of gumme called V••••

When Cortes was gone out of Mexico, to incounter Pamphilo de Narnaes, and had left Alvarado in the Citie, he in the great Temple murthered a great multitude of gen∣tlemen, which had rhere assembled in the great Temple, to their accustomed solemnitie, being six hundred, or (as some say) a thousand, richly attired and adorned, where they vsed to sing and daunce, in honour of their God, to obtaine health, children, victorie, &c.

In the moneth of Maie, e 1.327 the Mexicans made their principall feast to Vitziliputzli: two dayes before which, the religious Virgins or Nunnes mingled a quantitie of beetes with rosted Maiz, and moulded it with hony, making an Image of that paste, in bignesse like to the Idol of wood, putting in insted of eyes, grains of glasse, green, blew, or white, and for teeth, graines of Maiz. Then did all the Nobles bring it a rich garment like vnto that of the Idoll, and being clad, did set it in an azured Chaire, and in a Litter. The morning of the ••••st being come, an houre before day, all the maidens came forth atti∣red in white with new ornaments, which that day were called the sisters of Vitziliputzli: they were crowned with garlands of Maiz rosted and parched, with chames of the same about their neckes, passing vnder their left armes. Their cheekes were died with ver∣milion, their armes from the elbow to the wrist were couered with red Parrots fea∣thers. Thus attired, they tooke the Image on their shoulders, carrying it into the Court; where all the yongmen were, attired in red garments, crowned like the wo∣men. When the Maidens came forth with this idoll, the young men drew neere with much reuerence, taking the Litter wherein the Idoll was, vpon their shoulders, carry∣ing it to the staires foote of the Temple: where all the people did humble themselues, laying earth vpon their heads.

After this, all the people went in procession to a mountaine called Chapulteper, a league from Mexico, and there made sacrifices. From thence they went to their se∣cond Station called Atlacuyauaya: and from thence againe to a Village which was a league beyond Cuyoacoan, and then returned to Mexico. They went in this sort a∣boue foure leagues, in so many howers, calling this procession Vpanta Vitziliputzli. Being come to the foote of the Temple staires, they set downe the litter vvith the Idoll, and with great obseruance draw the same to the top of the Temple, some drawing aboue, and others helping below, the Flutes and Drummes, Cornets, Trum∣pets, meane-while increasing the Solemnitie. The people abode in the Court. Ha∣uing mounted, and placed it in a little lodge of Roses, presently came the yong men, which strawed flowers of sundry kindes, within and without the Temple. This done, all the Virgins came out of their Conuent, bringing peeces of the same past whereof the Idoll was made, in the fashion of great bones, which they deliuered to the yong men, who carried them vp, and laide them at the Idols feete, till the place could receiue no more.

They called these morsels of paste, the flesh and bones of Vitziliputzli. Then came all the Priestes of the Temple, euery one strictly obseruing his place, with Vatles of di∣uers colours and workes, garlands on their heads, and chaines of flowers aboue their neckes: after them came the Gods and Goddesses, whom they worshipped, of diuers figures, attired in the same liuerie. Then putting themselues in order about those pee∣ces of paste, they vsed certaine ceremonies, with singing and dancing. By these meanes they were blessed and consecrated for the flesh and bones of the Idoll: which were then honoured in the same sort, as their God. Then came forth the sacrificers, who began the sacrifice of men, whereof they now sacrificed more then at other times: for this was their solemnest Festiuall. The sacrifices beeing ended, all the yong men and Maides came out of the Temple attired as before, and being placed in order and ranke, one directly against another, they daunced by Drummes, which sounded in praise of the Feast, and of their God. To which song, all the ancientest and greatest men did answere, dancing about them, making a great circle as the manner is, the Yong men and Maides remaining alwaies in the middest.

All the Citie came to this spectacle, and throughout the whole land, on this day

of Vitziliputzli his Feast, no man might eate any other meate; but this paste with Ho∣me, whereof the Idoll was made: and this should bee eaten at the point of day, not drinking till afternoone: The contrarie was sacrilegious: After the ceremonies ended, it was lawfull for them to eate any thing. During the time of this ceremonie they hid the water from their little Children, admonishing such, as had the vse of reason, to abstaine.

The ceremonies, dances, and sacrifices ended, they went to vncloath themselues, and the Priestes and Ancients of the Temple, tooke the Image of paste, and spoi∣led it of all the ornaments, making many peeces of it, and of the consecrated Rolles, which they gaue to the Communion, beginning with the greater, and continuing vn∣to the rest both men, women, and children: who receiued it with teares, feare, re∣uerence, and other both affects, and effects of deuotion, saying, that they did eate the flesh and bones of their God. Such as had sicke folkes demanded thereof for them, and carried it with great reuerence and veneration. All such as did com∣municate were bound to giue the tenth part of this seede, whereof the Idoll was made.

The solemnitie of the Idoll beeing ended, an olde man of great authoritie slept vp into a high place, and with a lo••de voice preached their lawe and ceremonies. This Historie deserueth the longer Relation, because it d 1.328 so much resembleth the Po∣pish Chimuera, and monstrous conception of Transubstantiation, and of their Corpus Christ••, Fe•••••• with other their Rites, to which Acosta also the relater compareth it, bla∣ming the Diuell, for vsurping the seruice, and imitating the Rites of their Church, whereas their Church deserueth blame for imitaring the Diuell and these his idolatrous Disciples, in their Stupendious monsters of opinion, and ridiculous, offices of supersti∣tion. But ••ou shall yet see a further resemblance.

Next to this principall Feast of Vitzliputzli, c 1.329 was that of Tezcalipuca, of chiefe esti mation. This fell on the nineteenth day of May, and was called Tozcolt. It fell euery foure yeares with the Feast of Penance, where there was giuen f 1.330 full indul∣gence and remission of sinnes. In this day they did sacrifice a captiue which resem∣bled the Idoll Tezcalipuca.

Vpon the euen this solemnitie, the Noble men came to the Temple, bringing a new garment like to that of the Idoll, which the Priest put vpon him, hauing first taken off his other garments, which they kept with great reuerence. There were in the Coffers of the Idoll g 1.331 many ornaments, iewels, eare-rings, and other riches, as bracelets, and precious feathers, which serued to no vse, and were worshipped as the God himselfe. Besides that garment, they put vpon him certaine ensignes of Fea∣thers, with ••annes, shadowes, and other things.

Beeing thus attired, they drew the Curtaine from before the doore, that all men might see. Then came forth one of the chiefe of the Temple, attired like to the Idoll, carrying flower in his hand, and a Flute of earth, hauing a very sharpe sound, and turning toward the East, he sounded it, and after that to the West, North, and South, he did the like.

This done, hee put his finger into the aire, and then gathered vp the earth h 1.332 which he put in his mouth, eating it in signe of adoration. The like did all that were pre∣sent, weeping, and falling flat to the ground, inuocating the darknesse of the night and the windes not to forsake them, or else to take away their liues and free them from the labours they endured therein. Theeues, Adulterers, Murtherers, and all other offenders had great feare and heauinesse whiles the Flute sounded, so as some could not hide nor dissemble their offences. By this meanes they all demanded no other thing of their God, but to haue their offences concealed: powring forth many teares, with great repentance and sorrow, offering great store of incense to appease their Gods. All the Martialists, and resolute spirits, addicted to the Watres, desired with great deuotion of GOD the Creator, of the Lord, for whom we liue, of the Sunne, and of other their Gods, that they would giue them victorie against their enemies, and

strength to take away many captiues for sacrifice. This ceremonious sounding of the Flute by the Priest continued ten daies, from the ninth of May to the nineteenth, vvith eating of earth, praying euery day with eyes lifted vp to heauen, sighes and grones as of men grieued for their sinnes. Yet did not they beleeue that there were i 1.333 any punish∣ments in the other life, but did these things to auert temporall punishments: they ac∣counted death an assured rest, and therefore voluntarily offered themselues thereto. The last day of the Feast the Priests drew forth a litter well furnished with Curtins and pen∣dants of diuers fashions: this litter had so many armes to hold by, as there were Mini∣sters to carry it: all which came forth besmeared with blacke, and long haire, halfe in tresses with white strings, and attired in the Idols liuerie. Vpon this litter they set the i∣mage of Tezcalipuca, and taking it on their shoulders, brought it to the foote of the staires. Then came forth the young men and Maidens of the Temple, carrying a great cord wreathed of chaines of rosted Mays, with which they enuironed the litter, and put a chaine of the same about the Idols necke, and a garland thereof on his head.

The yong men and Maides weare chaines of rosted mais, and the men Garlands, the Maides Mit••rs made of rods couered with the Mais, their feete couered with feathers, and their armes and cheekes painted. The image being placed in the litter they strewed round about store of the boughes of Manguey, the leaues whereof are pricking. They carried k 1.334 it on procession (two Priests going before with incense) in the circuite of the Court: and euery time the Priest gaue incense, they lifted vp their armes as high as they could to the Idoll and the Sunne. All the people in the Court turned round to the Place whither the Idol went, euery one carrying in his hand new cords of the threds of Man∣guey, a fadome long, with a knot at the end, wherewith they whipped themselues on the sholders euen as they doe here (saith Acosta) on holy Thursday. The people brought boughes and flowers to beautifie the Court and Temple.

This done, euery one brought their offerings, Iewels, Incense, sweet Wood, Grapes, Mays, Quailes, and the rest. Quailes were the poore mans offering, which he deliuered to the Priests, who pull off their heads, and cast them at the foote of the Aultar, where they lost their bloud: and so they did of all other things which were offered. Euery one offered meate and fruit, according to his power which was laide at the foote of the Al∣tar and was carried to the Ministers chamber.

The offering done, the people went to dinner: the yong men and Maidens of the tem∣ple being busied meane-while to serue the Idoll with all that was appoynted for him to eate, which was prepared by other women who had made a vow that day to serue the Idoll. These prepared meates in admirable varietie, which beeing ready, the Virgins went out of the Temple in procession, euery one carrying a little Basket of Bread in her hand, and in the other a dish of these meates. Before them marched an old man like to a Steward, attired in a white Surples downe to the calues of his legges, vpon a red iacket, which had wings in steede of sleeues, from which hung broad Ribands, and at the same a small Pumpion stucke full of flowers, and hauing many superstitious things within it. This old man comming neere to the foote of the staires made lowly reuerence. Then the Virgins with like reuerence presented their meates in order: this done, the old man returnes leading their Virgins into the Conuent.

And then the yongmen and Ministers of the Temple come forth and gather vp their meate, which they carry to their Priests Chambers, who had fasted fiue daies, eating but once a day, not stirring all that time out of the Temple, where they whipped them∣selues as before is shewed. They did eate of these diuine meates (so they called it) nei∣ther might any other eate thereof. After dinner they assembled againe, and then was sacrificed one who had all that yeare borne the habit and resemblance of their Idoll. They went after this, into a holy place appointed for that purpose, whither the young men and Virgins of the Temple brought them their ornaments, and then they danced and sung, the chiefe priests drumming and sounding other instruments. The Noble men in ornaments like to the yongmen, danced round about them.

They did not vsually kill any man that day, but him that was sacrificed, yet euery

fourth yeare they had others with him, which was the yeare of Iubilee and full pardons. After sunne-set the Virgins went all to their Conuent, and taking great dishes of earth full of bread, mixed with Honey, couered with small Panniars, wrought and fashioned with dead mens heads and bones, carried the same to the Idoll, and setting them down retired, their steward Vshering them as before. Presently came forth all the yong men in order, with Canes or Reedes in their hands, who began to runne as fast as they could to the top of the Temple-staires; euerie one striuing to come first to the Collation, The chiefe Priestes obserued who came first, second, third, and fourth, neglecting the rest, these they praised, and gaue them ornaments, and from thence forward they were respected as men of marke. The said Collation was all carried away by the yong men as great Relikes

This ended, the yongmen and Maides were dismissed: and so I thinke would our Reader, who cannot but be glutted with, and almost surfet of our so long and taedious feasting. Yet let me intreat one seruice more, it is for the God of game, who I am sure will finde followers and Disciples too attentiue.

For the Feastiuall of this Gaine God, Quetzaabcoalt, the Marchants, his deuoted and faithfull obseruantes, fortie daies before, bought a slaue well proportioned to re∣present that Idoll for that space. First they washed him twice in a lake, called the lake of the Gods, and being purified, they attired him like the Idoll. Two of the Anci∣ents of the Temple came to him nine daies before the Feast, and humbling themselues before him, said with a loude voice, Sir, nine daies hence your dancing must end, and you must die: and hee must answere, (whatsoeuer hee thinketh) In a good hower. They diligently obserued if this aduertisement made him sad, or if hee continued his dancing according to his wont. If they perceiued him sad, they tooke the sacrificing Rasors, which they washed and clensed form the bloud, which thereon had remained, and hereof with an other liquor made of Cacao, mixed a drinke, which they said would make him forget what had been said to him, and returne to his former iollitie. For they tooke this heauinesse in these men to be ominous.

On the Feast day, after much honouring him, and incensing him, about midnight they sacrificed him, offering his heart to the Moone, and after cast it to the Idoll, letting the bodie fall downe the staires to the Marchants, who were the chiefe worshippers. These hearts of their sacrifices (some l 1.335 say) were burned after the Oblation to this Pla∣net and Idoll. The bodie they sauced and dressed for a banquet about breake of day, after they had bid the Idoll good morrow with a small daunce.

This Temple of Quetzaalcoalt had Chappels as the rest, and Chambers, where were Conuents of Priests, yong men, Maides, and Children. One Priest alone was resident which was changed weekely. His charge that weeke, after he had instructed the chil∣dren, was to strike vp a Drumme at sunne-setring, at the sound whereof (which was heard throughout the Citie) euery one ended his Marchandise and retired to his house, all the Citie being as silent as if no body had beene there: at day breaking he did a∣gaine giue notice by his Drumme: for till that time it was not lawfull to stirre out of the Citie. In this temple was a Court wherin they danced, and on this Idols holyday, had e∣rected a Theater, thirtie roote square, finely decked and trimmed, in which were re∣presented Comedies, Maskes, & many other representations to expresse or cause mirth and ioy.

The Mexicans m 1.336 had their schooles, and as it were Colleges, or Seminaries, where the Ancients taught the children to say by heart, the Orations, Discourses, Dialogues, & Poems, of their great Orators and chiefe men, which thus were preserued by Tradition as perfectly as if they had been written. And in their Temples, the sonnes of the chiefe men (as Peter n 1.337 Martyr reporteth) were shut vp at seuen yeares old, and neuer came forth thence till they were marriageable, and were brought forth to be contracted. All which time, they neuer cut their haire, they were clothed in blacke, abstained at certaine times of the yeare from meates engendring much bloud, and chastned their bodies with often fastings.

And although they had not letters, o 1.338 yet they had their wheele for computation of time, (as is said before) in which their writings were not as ours from the left hand to the right, or as of the Easterne Nations, from the right hand to the left, or as the Chinois, from the top to the bottome: but beginning below did mount vpwards; as in that mentioned wheele, from the Sunne which was made in the Center, vpwards to the circumference. Another manner of writing or signing, they had, in circle wise. In the Prouince of Yucatan or Honduras, there were bookes of the Leaues of trees, folded and squared, which contained the knowledge of the Planets, of beasts and o∣ther naturall things, and of their Antiquities, which some blindly-Zealous Spaniards, taking for inchantments, caused to be burned. The p 1.339 Indians to Tescuco, Talla, and Mexico, shewed vnto a Iesuite their Bookes, Histories, and Calendars, which in figures and Hieroglyphicks represented things after their manner. Such as had forme or figure, were represented by their proper Images, other things were represented by Charact∣ers; and I haue seene, saith Acosta, the Pater-noster, Aue Maria, and Confession thus written. As, for these words, I a Sinner doe confesse my selfe, they painted an Indian, kneeling on his knees, at a Religious mans feete; To God most mighty, they painted three faces with their crownes, according to that painting blasphemie of the popish i∣mage-mongers, and so they went on in that manner of picturing the wordes of their Popish Confession; where Images failed, setting Characters; Their q 1.340 bookes for this cause were great, which (besides their engrauings in stone, walles, or wood) they made of Cotton-wooll wrought into a kinde of paper, and of Leaues of Metl, fol∣ded vp like our broad-cloths, and written on both sides, Likewise they r 1.341 made them of the thinne inner-rinde of a Tree, growing vnder the vpper barke (as did al∣so the auncient Latines, from whence the names of Codex and Liber for a Booke, are deriued by our Grammarians.) They did binde them also into some forme of bookes, compacting them with Bitumen: their Characters vvere of Fish-hookes, Starres, Snares, Files, &c. Thus did they keepe their priuate and publike re∣cords.

There s 1.342 were some in Mexico, that vnderstood each other by whistling, which was ordinarily vsed by louers and theeues, a language admirable euen to our wits, so high∣ly applauded by our selues, and as deepely deiecting these Nations in termes of fee∣linesse and simplicitie. Yea, in Our Virginia (so I hope and desire) Cap. Smith tolde mee that there are some, which the spacious diuorce of the wide streame notwith∣standing, will by hallowes and howps vnderstand each other, and entertaine confe∣rence. The numbers of the Mexicans are simple, till you come to six, then they count six and one, six and two, six and three; ten is a number by it selfe, which in the insuing numbers, is repeated as in other languages till fifteene, which they reckon in one terme, ten, fiue, and one, and so the rest to twenty.

The Mexicans t 1.343 did beleeue concerning the soule, that it was immortall, and that men receiued either ioy or paine, according to their deserts and liuing in this world. They held for an assured faith, that there were nine places appointed for soules, & the chiefest place of glory to be neere vnto the Sunne, where the soules of good men slaine in the Warres, and those which were sacrificed are placed: that the soules of wicked men abide in the earth, and were diuided after this sort: children which were dead-borne, went to one place: those which died of age or other disease went to another: those which died of wounds or contagion, to a third: those which were executed by order of Iustice, to a fourth; but parricides, which slew their Parents, or which slew their Wiues or Children, to a fift. Another place was for such as slew their Maisters or Religious persons.

u 1.344 Acosta seemeth to deny that the Indians beleeued any punishments after death, and yet sets downe an Oration made at Mutezuma's election, wherein hee is said to haue pierced the nine Vaults of heauen, which seemes to allude to this of Gomara.

Their burialls also were diuers, as is shewed before: and here may •••••• ad∣ded that hee which died for Adulterie, vvas shrowded like vnto their God of Lecherie, called Tlazonlterel: hee that vvas drowned, like to Tlalos: hee that

died of drunkennes like to the God of Wine, Ometochtli, the Souldiour, like to Vit∣ziliputzli. But least you wish mee buried in like manner, which trouble as much my English Reader, with New-Spaines redious Relations, as Old Spaines fastidious insul∣ting spirits haue sometime done in English Nations, I will aduenture further into the adioining Prouinces.

CHAP. XIIII.

Of lucatan, Nicaragua, and other places betwixt New Spaine, and the Straites of Dariene.

IVcatan a 1.345 is a point of Land extending it selfe into the Sea, ouer a∣gainst the Ile Cuba, and was first discouered by Francis Hernandes de Cordona in the yeare 1517. at which time one asking an Indian how this countrey was called, he answered Tectetan Tectetan, that is, I vn∣derstand you not, which wordes the Spaniards corrupting both in the sound and interpretation called it Iucatan, Iames Velasques Gouer∣nour of Cuba, sent his Cousin Iohn de Grijalua the yeare after, who there fought with the Indians at Campotan, and was hurt. The Spaniards b 1.346 went to a Citie on the shore which for the greatnes they called Cayro of that great Citie in Egypt. Here they found Turreted Houses, Stately Temples, waies pasted, and faire market places. The houses were of stone or Bricke, and Lime, very artificially composed. To the square Courts, or first habitations of their houses they ascend by ten or twelue steppes. The roofe was of Reedes, or stalkes of Hearbes. The Indians gaue the Spaniards Iewels of Golde, very faire and cunningly wrought, and were requited with Vestures of Silke and Wooll, Glasse-Beades, and little Bells. Their apparell was of Cotton in manifold fashions and colours. They frequented their Temples much, to the which the better sort paued waies with stone from their houses. They were great Idolaters, and were circumcised, but not all. They liued vnder lawes, and trafficked together with great fidelitie, by ex∣changing commodities without money. The Spaniards saw Crosses amongst them, and demanding whence they had them, they said that a certaine man of excellent beauty passing by that coast, left them that notable token to remember him: others said, a certaine man brighter then the Sunne died in the working thereof. The Spaniards sai∣led thence to c 1.347 Campechium, a towne of three thousand houses. Here they saw a square Stage or Pulpit foure cubits high, partly of clammie Bitumen, and partly of smal stones, whereto the image of a man cutt in Marble, was ioined, two foure-footed vnknowne beasts fastning vpon him, as if they would teare him in peeces. And by the image stood a Serpent all besmeared with bloud, deuouring a Lyon, it was seuen and fortie foote long, and as bigge as an Oxe. These things I mention as testimonies of their Art in these barbarous places, and perhaps of their deuotion also, Grijalua or Grisalua seeing a Tower sarre off at Sea, by direction thereof, came to an Iland called Cosumel, agree∣ing in priuate and publike manner of life with them of Iucatan: Their houses, Tem∣ples, apparell, and trade of Marchandise all one: their houses some where couered with Reedes, and where quarries were, with slate: many houses had marble pillars.

They sound ancient Towers there, and the ruines of such as had been broken down and destroyed: there was one whereto they ascended by eighteene steps or staires. The Gouernour whom they supposed to be a Priest, conducted them to the Tower: in the top whereof they erected a Spanish Banner, and called also the Iland Santa Cruce. In the Tower they found chambers, wherein were marble Images, and some of Earth in the similitude of Beares. These they inuoked with loude singing all in one tune, and sa∣crificed vnto them with somes and sweet odours, worshipping them as their houshold Gods. There they performed their diuine ceremonies and adoration: they were also circumcised.

Gomara d 1.348 saith, that heere, and at Xicalanco, the Deuill vsed to appeare visibly, and that these two were great in estimation for holinesse; euery city had their Temple, or al∣tar, where they worshipped their Idoles, amongst which were many Crosses of Wood and Brasse, whereby some conceiue that some Spaniards had recourse hither when Ro∣derigo was defeated, and Spaine ouerrunne by the Saracens. In both e 1.349 these places they sacrificed men: which Cortes perswaded them to cease. The Temple in Cosumil or A∣cusamil was built like a square Tower, broad at the foote, with steps round about, and from the middest vpward very strait: the top was hollow and couered with straw: it had foure windowes and porches. In the hollow place was their Chappell, where stoode their Idoles. In a Temple by the Sea side was an vncouth Idoll, great and hollow, fast∣ned in the wall with lime: it was made of earth. Behind this Idoles backe was the Ve∣strie, where the ornaments of the Temple were kept. The Priests had a little secret doore hard adioyning to the Image, by which they crept into his hollow panch, and thence answered the people that came thither with prayers and petitions, making the simple people beleeue it was the voice of the God, which therefore they honored more then any other, with many perfumes and sweet smells. They offered bread, fruit, quailes bloud, and of other birds, dogges, and sometimes men. The fame of this Idoll & Oracle brought many Pilgrimes to Acusamil from many places. At the foote of this Temple was a plot like a churchyard, well walled, and garnished with Pinnacles, in the mid∣dest whereof stood a Crosse of ten foote long, which they adored for the God of raine. At all times when they wanted raine, they would goe thither on procession deuoutly, and offered to the Crosse, quailes sacrificed, no sacrifice beeing so acceptable. They burnt sweet gumme to perfume him with, besprinckling the same with water, and by this meanes they thought to obtaine raine. They could neuer knowe, saieth Gomara, how that God of Crosse came amongst them, for in all those parts of India there is no memory of any preaching of the Gospel that had bin at any time. What others thinke, and what some Indians answered, concerning it, is said before.

Benzo f 1.350 writeth, that they did not eate the flesh of these men which they sacrificed: and that they were first subdewed by Francis Montegius, whose cruelties were such that Alquinotep a Cacique or Indian Lord aboue an hundred and ten yeares old, and a Christian, told him, That when hee was a yongman, there was a sickenesse of worms, that they had thought all would haue died: (they were not onely eiected by vomite, but did eate out themselues a passage through mens bodies) and not long before the Spa∣niards arriuall, they had two battells with the Mexicans, in which a hundred and fiftie thousand men perished. But all this was light, in respect of that Spanish burthen.

Guatimala g 1.351 comes next to our consideration, a Prouince of pleasant aire, and fer∣tile soile, where groweth aboundance of their Cacao, which is a fruit that serues the Indians for meate, drinke, and money. The city (which beareth the same name) was first at the foote of a Vulcano or hill which casteth fire, but because in the yeere 1542, h 1.352 on the six and twentieth day of December, a Lake hidden in the bowells of that hill, brake forth in many places, and with a terrible violence ruined the most part of the Ci∣tie: it was remoued two miles thence, together with the Episcopall Sea, and the kings Councell. But in the yere 1581 there issued from another Vulcan two miles off, or some∣what more, such an irruption of fire, as threatned to consume euery thing. The day following followed such a showre of ashes that it filled the valley, and almost buried the Citie. And yet were not all the throwes passed of this hills monstrous trauells, but the yeare after, for the space of foure and twenty houres, thence issued a streame of fire, that dranke vp fiue streames of water, burned the stones and rockes, rent the Aire with thunders, and made it a wauing and mouing Sea of fire. Before i 1.353 that first eruption of waters, some Indians came and tolde the Bishop, that they had heard an vncredible noyse and murmuirng at the foote of the hill, but hee reprooued them, saying, they should not trouble themselues with vaine and superstitious feares; about two of the clocke in the night following happened that deluge, which carried many houses, and whatsoeuer stoode in the way, in which, fiue hundred and twenty Spaniards perished, and scarce any mention of the houses remained.

It is worthy recitall which Benzo k 1.354 and Gomara haue recorded, that Peter Al∣varado the Governour (who by licence of the Pope had married two sisters, the Lady Frances, and the Lady Beatrice della Culva) having perished by a mischance, his wife not onely painted her house with Sorrowes blacke liuery, and abstained from meate and sleepe, but in a madde impiety said, God could now doe her no greater euill. Yet for all this her sorrow, shee caused the Citizens to bee sworne vnto her governement (a new thing in the Indies.) Soone after, this inundation happened, which first of all as∣sailed the Governours house, and caused this impotent and impatient Ladie now to bethinke her of devotion, and betake her to her Chappell, with eleuen of her Maides, where leaping on the Altar, and clasping about an Image, the force of the water ru∣ined the Chappell; whereas if shee had stayed in her bed-chamber, shee had escaped death. They tell of vncouth noyses, and hideous apparitions which then were seene. Benzo obserued by his owne experience, that this country is much subiect to Earth∣quakes. The Guatimalans, in manner of life resemble the Mexicans and Nicaraguans.

Fondura l 1.355 or Hondura is next to Guatimala, wherein were (saieth Benzo) at the Spaniards first comming thither foure hundred thousand Indians, but when I was there, scarcely eight thousand were left: the rest being slaine or sold or consumed by the mines: and those which are left, both here, and in other places, place their habitation as farre as they can, where the Spaniard shall bee no cie-sore vnto them. The Spaniards in this prouince planted fiue Spanish Colonies, which all scarcely could number a hundred and twenty houses.

Nicaragua m 1.356 extendeth it selfe from the Chiulatecan mines of Fondura, toward the South-Sea. This Region is not great, but fertile, and therefore called of the Spaniards Mahumets Paradise, for the plentie of all things; yet in the Summer time it is so scorched with heate, that men cannot travell but in the night. Six moneths, from Maie to October, are pestered with continuall showres, which the other six wholly want: The Parrots are heere as troublesome as Crowes and Rookes with vs, and they are for∣ced to keepe their corne in like manner from their spoyling. The people are of like con∣dition to the Mexicans; they feede on mans flesh. To their daunces they flocke two or three hundred in a company, which are performed with great varietie of gestures, ve∣stures, and passions: Euerie man in, and, euery man out of his humour. Thirtie and fiue miles from Legeon or Lyon, an Episcopall City in this Region, is a Vulcano or flaming bill, the fire whereof may be seene (in the night) aboue 100 miles. Some had a conceit, that molten gold was the matter of this fire. And therefore a certaine Dominican cau∣sed a kettle and long chaine of iron, to be let downe into this fiery concavitie, where by the violence of the heat, the kettle & part of the chaine was molten. He makes a bigger and stronger, but returnes with like successe, and this added, that himselfe and his 2 com∣panions by eruption of fire, had almost bin consumed. Gomara n 1.357 calles this fire Blasio de Ynnesta, and the hil, Masaya. It goes downe two hundred & fifty braces or yards. In this Countrey they vsed sodomie and sacrifices of men. Of this name Nicaragua, Gilgon∣sales, that first of the Spaniards discouered these parts, found a King with whom he had much conference, whom he perswaded to become a Christian: although his prohibi∣tion of warres, and dauncing, did much trouble him. This Nicaragua o 1.358 demaunded them if the Christians had any knowledge of the Floud, which drowned all the Earth, with men and beasts (as he had heard his Progenitors say) and whether another were to come, whether the earth should be ouer-turned, or the heauen fall: when, and how the Moone and Starres should loose their light and motion: who moued those heauenlie bodies, where the soules should remaine, and what they should doe, being freed from the bodie, whether the Pope died, whether the Spaniards came from heauen, and many other strange questions admirable in an Indian. They worshipped the Sunne and other Idoles which Nicaragua suffered Gilgonsales to take out of the great Temple.

In Nicaragua p 1.359 there were fiue linages, and different languages: the Coribici, Ci∣ocotoga, Ciondale, Oretigua, and the Mexican; though this place was a thousand miles from Mexico, yet were they like them in speech, apparell, and religion: they had also the same figures instead of letters, which those of Culhua had, and bookes a spanne

broad, and twelue spannes long, doubled, of many colours. They differ, as in langua∣ges••, so in religions, Of their religious rites thus writeth Gomara: their Priests were all married, except their Confessors, which heard Confessions, and appointed Penances, ac∣cording to the qualitie of the fault: they reuealed not the Confession: they appoynted the holydayes, which were eighteene. When they sacrificed, they had a knife of flint, wherwith they opened him that was sacrificed. The priests appointed the sacrifices, how many men, whether they were to be women, or slaues taken in battell, that all the peo∣ple might know how to celebrate the Feasts, what prayers and what offerings to make. The Priest went three times about the captiue, singing in a dolefull tune, and sodainly opens his breast, annoints his face with the bloud, takes out his heart, diuideth his bo∣die. The heart is giuen to the Prelate, the feete and hands to the King, the buttockes to the taker, the rest to the people. The heads of the sacrifices are set on trees, planted there for that purpose, euery tree hath figured in it the name of the Prouince where∣with they haue warres. Vnder these trees they many times sacrifice men and children of the Countrey, and of their owne people, being first bought: for it was lawfull for the father to sell his children. Those which the q 1.360 Kings bring vp of their owne people, with better fare then ordinarie for sacrifice, are made beleeue they shall be some canonized Wights, or heauenly Deities, and therefore take it gladly. They did not eate the flesh of these, as they did of the captiues. When they eate their sacrificed captiues, they made great feasts, and the Priests and religious men dranke much wine and smoke: their wine is of prunes, Whiles the Priest annoynts the cheekes and mouth of the Idole with the bloud, the others sing, and the people make their prayers with great deuo∣tion and teares, and after goe on procession (which is not done in all Feastes.) The religious haue white cotton coates, and other ornaments which hang downe from the shoulders to the legges, thereby to put a difference betweene them and others. The Lay-men haue their banners, with that Idole which they most esteeme, and bagges with dust and bodkins, the yong-men haue their bowes, darts, arrowes; and the guide of all is the image of the Deuill set vpon a launce, carried by the most ancient and honourable Priest. They goe in order, the religious singing till they come to the place of their Idolatrie, where being arriued, they spread couerings on the ground, or strew it with roses and flowers, because their Idoles should not touch the ground, and the banner being stucke fast, the singing ceaseth, and the Prelate beginning, all the rest follow, and draw bloud, some from their tongues, some from their eares, some from their member, and euery man as his devotion liketh best, and with that bloud an∣noynt the Image. In the meane while, the youths skirmish and daunce for the honour of their Feast: they cure the wounds, with the poulder of herbs and coles. In some of these processions they hallow Mayz, besprinckling the same with the bloud of their pri∣vities, and eate it.

They may haue many women, but one is their lawfull wife, which they marry thus; the Priest takes the Bridegroome and the Bride by the little fingers, sets them in a Chamber at a fire, and giues them certaine instructions, and when the fire is out, they are married. If he take her for a Virgin, and finds her otherwise, he may divorce her. Many bring their wiues to the Caciques or Lords to corrupt them, esteeming it an ho∣nour. Their r 1.361 Temples were low darke rooms, which they vsed for their treasury also & armory. Before the Temple was an high Altar for the Sacrifices, whereon also the Priest played the Preacher first, and then the Butcher.

Adulterers are beaten, but not slaine; the adulterous wife is divorced, and may not marry againe, and her parents are dishonoured. Their husbands suffer them to lie with others in some Feasts of the yeere. Hee that forceth a Virgin, is a slaue, or payeth her dowrie: if a slave doe it with his Maisters daughter, they are both buried quicke. They haue common brothels. A thiefe hath his haire cut off, and is made his slaue from whom hee hath stollen, vntill he hath made satisfaction, which if he deferre long, he is sacrificed, They had no punishment for him which should kill a Cacique, for (they said) such a thing could not happen. The riches of Nicaragua s 1.362 consisteth much in a great

lake three hundred miles long, and being within twelue miles of the South Sea, doth disemboque it selfe in the North Sea, a great way off. In this lake of Nicaragua are ma∣ny and great fishes. t 1.363 One strange kind is that, which the Inhabitants of Hispaniola call Manati: as for these Inhabitants of the place, the Spanish iniuries haue chaced them thence.

This fish somewhat resembleth the Otter, is 25 foot long, twelue thicke, the head and taile was like a Cowe, with small eyes, his backe hard and hairie, hee hath one∣ly two feet at the shoulders, and those like an Elephants. The females bring forth yong, and nourish them with the vdder, like a Cowe. I haue seene and eaten of them (saith Benzo) the taste is like swines flesh; they eate grasse. There u 1.364 was a King in Hispaniola, which put one of them (being presented him by his Fishermen) into a lake of standing waters, where it liued fiue and twenty yeares: when any of the seruants came to the lake and called Matto Motto, shee would come and receiue meate at their hands: and if any would be ferried ouer the lake, shee willingly yeelded her backe, and perfor∣med this office faithfully, yea shee hath carried tenne men at once singing or playing. A Spaniard had once wronged her, by casting a dart at her; and therefore after that, when she was called, shee would plunge downe againe, otherwise to the Indians shee remayned officious. Shee would bee as full of play as a Monkie, and would wrastle with them: especially shee was addicted to one young man, which vsed to feede her. This proceeded, partly from her docible nature, partly, because being taken young, shee was kept vp a while at home, in the Kings house, with bread. This fish liueth both on land and water. The Riuer swelling ouer his bankes, into the Lake, this fish followed the streame, and was seene no more. There was an other strange creature in Nicaragua (they call it Cascuij) like a blacke hogge, with small eyes, wide eares, clouen feete, a short truncke or snowt like an Elephant, of so lowde a braying, that hee would make men deafe. An other there is with a naturall purse vnder her bellie, wherein shee putteth her young: it hath the bodie of a Foxe, handed and footed like a Monkie. The Battes in these partes are terrible for biting. The Inhabitants neere the Riuer Suerus are not differing from the rest, but that they eate not mans flesh. Next, is that necke or narrow extent of Land stretching betweene the North and South Seas, and (as it were) knitting the two great Peninsula's of the North and South America together.

Nombre de Dios signifieth the name of GOD, occasioned by the words of Di∣dacus Niquesa, who after disastrous aduentures elsewhere, came hither, and here bade his men goe on shore in the name of GOD; whereupon the Colonie and Plantation there, was so called: It hath a bad situation; and small habitation. Baptista Anto∣nio the King of Spaines Surueyour counselled to bring Nombre de Dios to Puerto Bello. It was remoued from the former seate, in the yeare of out Lord 1584. Sir Thomas Baskervile burnt it, and went from thence with his armie towards Panama, in the yeare 1595.

Darien was called Antiqua Darienis, because Ancisus vowed to our Ladie at Sivill called Maria Antiqua, if she would helpe him in those Indian Conquests, hee would turne the Caciques house into a Temple: there he planted a Colonie.

It would be tedious to tell of the stirres and ciuil vnciuil brawles betwixt the Spani∣ards in these parts Vasques Valboa imprisoned Ancisus, and after recouered his credit by discoverie of the South-Sea. For whiles the Spaniards contended about the weight and sha••ing of their gold which a Cacique had giuen them, this Cacique being present, hurled downe the gold, not a little maruelling (as he said) that they would so much con∣tend for that, as if they could eate or drinke it: But if they liked it so well, hee would carry them where their golden thirst should bee satisfied. Hee was deceiued in the na∣ture of that dropsie thirst, which, as a fire quenched with oyle, receiues thence greater strength: but hee deceiued not them in his promise, bringing them to the South-Sea: where Valboa named one prouince, Golden Castile. And for that which hee spake of their strife, x 1.365 as if they could eate or drinke those mettalles, the cruelties of the Spani∣ards

were such, as the Indians, when they got any of them, would binde their hands and feete, and laying them on their backes, would poure gold into their mouthes, say∣ing in insultation, Eate gold, Christian. This Valboa was put to death by Arias his fa∣ther in law.

But now we haue mentioned the first Spaniards which planted these parts, it shall not be a misse to mention some hardships the Spaniards sustained before they could here settle themselues, which may bee an answer to those nice and delicate conceits that in our Virginian Expedition cast off all hope, because of some disasters. How the Spani∣ards dealt one with an other, and how the Indians dealt with them, you haue heard; worse hath not followed from any turbulent emulous spirit of our owne; or hostile, of the Virginian, in this Plantation. And as for famine, Nicuesa's men were so pinched, that (not to speake of those which perished) one solde y 1.366 an old leane mangie dogge to his fellowes for many castellans of gold: these flayed the dogge, and cast his mangie skinne, with the bones of the head among the bushes. The day following one of them findes it full of maggots, and shaking: but famine had neither eies nor sent: he brought it home, sod, and eate it, and found many customers which gaue a * 1.367 Castellan a dish for that mangie broth. An other found two toads and sodde them, which a sicke man bought for two fine shirts curiously wrought with gold. Others found a dead man, rot∣ten, and stinking, which putrified carkasse they rosted, and eate. And thus from seuen hundred and seuentie men, they were brought so lowe, that scarse fortie (shadowes of men) remained to inhabite D••riena. Much like to this was their successe at the riuer of Plate.

What Iohn Oxenam, Sir Francis Drake, Master Christopher Newport, and other our worthy Country-men haue a••chieued in these parts against the Spani∣ards, Master Hackecluyt in his Voyages relateth. It is time for vs to pass•• beyond these Darien Straits, vnto that other great Chersonesus or Pe∣ruvian America. (***)

Notes

• a 1.1

  Mare Paci∣sicum, & del Sur. Ortel. Theat.
• b 1.2

  Ioseph. Acosta. de procuranda Indorum salute, & bist. Indiae, I. & 2. Rotero. Relatif∣ni part.1.l.4. Gomara bist.gen.&c.
• c 1.3

  Hak.tom.3. Epist. Dedicat. Maginus. Ger. Mer. de Fa∣brica Mundi.
• d 1.4

  Munst.Cosm.libr.5.
• e 1.5

  Maff histor.Ind.libr.2.
• f 1.6

  Hak.to.3 pa 7
• g 1.7

  Acost.histor.Ind.Ind.Ind.ca.14.
• h 1.8

  Pet.Mart. dec 1.lib.1.
• i 1.9

  Hak vbi supra.
• k 1.10

  Arist.de coelo & inundo.
• l 1.11

  Maginus saith it was called India, because it was discoue∣red at the same time that In∣dia was found by the Portu∣gals, or else for the likenesse of manners in the Indians.
• m 1.12

  Ptol. Strabo. Plutarch, and some others mention the Ethiopians be∣yond the Tro∣pike of Cancer: and Taprobana, Agisimba &c. It seemeth that their meaning was, it was ve∣ry scarcely in∣habited, of few and small nati∣ons. Experi∣ence hath foūd no place more peopled.
• n 1.13

  Oirg. cui A∣••vas statnit in suo Hypercritico Scalig.Geor. li.••
• o 1.14

  Cic••o somn. Scipi••nis. Macrob. in som. Srip.l.2.c.9.
• p 1.15

  Leucippus. Democritus, Epieurus. Anaximande••.
• q 1.16

  Aristot.2. meta.c.5. Plin.l.2.c 68.
• r 1.17

  Chrys••st.••u•••• 14 & 17.in Heb.Th••d.
• s 1.18

  Theophilact.in 8.cap.ad Heb.
• t 1.19

  Lact l.3.c.24. Institutionum.
• u 1.20

  Aug.to. ••.de∣cem Categori••.
• x 1.21

  Aug.de ciuit. dei l. 16 c.11.
• y 1.22

  Viues in eundem.
• z 1.23

  Lib.7.c.vlt.
• a 1.24

  Acosta & Sixt. Senens bibliot.l 5. annot. 3.
• b 1.25

  Periaeci are those which dwell in the same paralels, but contrarie Meridians. Anlicthones, which dwell in the opposite Zone or plage of the world. The Peri••ci haue Summer and Winter, but not day & night a like: The Antaci haue day and night, a like, but not the seasons of the yeare. The An∣np••••des differ in both.
• c 1.26

  That all the world is habi∣table, see the discourse of George Best. in a Preface to the Northwest dis∣coueries of M. Frobisher and inserted Hak. voyag to.3.p.48.
• e 1.27

  Qnodque die Sol••s violento in∣canduit aestu: Humida Nox reficit paribus∣que refrigerat bor••s, Honterus.
• c 1.28

  D. Fletcher.
• f 1.29

  Acosta l. 3. c. 6.
• g 1.30

  Pet. Mart. Dec 3.l.••. Sir H••••f. Gil∣bert Discou. Maister George Best.
• h 1.31

  Linscboten I. 3.
• i 1.32

  lof. Acoft. Na∣tur. and Morall Hist. of the In∣dies.l,3.c.9.
• k 1.33

  This Maister G••••rge Barkley, a Marchant, which liued long in Liuo∣nia, told me of his owne sight.
• l 1.34

  Sir Mar. Fro∣bish. Maister Iohn Dauis. Tho. Hudson.
• m 1.35

  Lambert. Peramb. of Kent. Wealth with∣out health. Health without wealth. Health and wealth.
• n 1.36

  Acosta. l. 4. c. 2
• o 1.37

  Arist. Eth.l.5.
• p 1.38

  P••ile. de genes. Mundi l.5. Euleh. de prap. Enang.l. 8 c. 9.
• q 1.39

  Apec 3.18. Psal. 12.6.
• r 1.40

  Bart. de las Calas Hispan. Crudelit. Vrban. Calu••to. Hier. Benzo.l. 3. c. 21.
• f 1.41

  Aurea sunt vere nu•••• se∣c••la &c. Ouid. First was an Age of gold: then golden goodnes abounded: Last is an Age for Gold: and now gold one∣ly triumpheth. Abr. France. Ammtas.
• t 1.42

  Acostel. 4. c. 7.
• u 1.43

  Plin.l.2.3.c.6.
• x 1.44

  Pretiosa pericula. sodit. Boct. de consol.
• y 1.45

  P. Mart. dec.1.l.10.
• z 1.46

  Abac. 2 6.
• * 1.47

  1. Tim. 6.3.
• a 1.48

  Pl••ny saith (but not true∣ly) that siluer is neuer found pure.
• b 1.49

  I haue seene some in al pro∣portion resem∣bling Plants, with the leaues spread, and di∣uided, and a stalke ascen∣ding, as if it promised flow∣ers, much like the Ribwort. The like report. t••th Munster. Cosmog.l. 1. c. 9.
• c 1.50

  See of these labours. Plin. l.33 c.6. and more in Acosta l. 4.
• d 1.51

  A stade is the height of a man.
• e 1.52

  Acosta l.4.c.10
• f 1.53

  Plin.vbi supra.
• g 1.54

  Lemuius de occultis naturae miraculis. l.3.c. vlt.
• h 1.55

  Acosta saith, that if it meete with no solid body, where it may congele, it ascends till the aire by cooling the fume causeth it to fall in Quick-siluer.
• i 1.56

  Rom.3.1.3. psal.140.3.
• k 1.57

  Some thinke that Quicke∣siluer cannot quite be killed.
• l 1.58

  De saliue ho∣minis mirabili effectu vide Lemnium de oc∣cult. Nat.l.2.c.44.
• m 1.59

  Acost l.4.c. 12.13.
• a 1.60

  Hums.Gilbert Discou••. O tel. Theat. in charta.N.O.bis Hak in Epist Ded. to.1.••to.3
• b 1.61

  Sen.biedea. Act.2.
• * 1.62

  Thule is by Mercaro•• and others inter∣preted Island: by Ostdius Tilemarke in Norway.
• c 1.63

  Botero parte 1.l.4.
• d 1.64

  Platos dis∣coursehere of is Englished by R. Eden in the Preamble of the Decads.
• e 1.65

  Tertul. de Tall o.& i•• Apologet.
• f 1.66

  Acost.l. 1 c.22.
• g 1.67

  Platar. de fa∣cie in orbe Lune.
• h 1.68

  Diod.Sic.l.5.c.7. Arist de admi∣randis auditio∣nibus.
• i 1.69

  Ortel. in Char∣ta.6.
• k 1.70

  Antonius Panorm.
• l 1.71

  Amalphis in Lucania in the kingdome of Naples.
• m 1.72

  F. Gom.hist.gen.c.9.
• n 1.73

  Act.27.20. Virg. Aeacid.1. Scncca vbisupia
• o 1.74

  Of the sup∣posed former Dis. oueries of the New world, read Ortel.7 beat. Charta.6.
• p 1.75

  D. Powell hi∣storie of Cam∣bria pag.22; A.D. 1 170.
• q 1.76

  Dan.lngram Ha••.edit.1.to.3. Mereditih ap Rise & Gutyn Owen make mention of this Owens Na∣uigation. See Hak to 3.pag 1.
• r 1.77

  A.S. Andrews crosse in Cu∣mana. A crosse ten foote long to which they prayed in Acusamil for raine. Gomar. hist. of Cortes. parte 1. & gen.hist.part. 2.c.82
• * 1.78

  3.or 4.words.
• s 1.79

  Act.17.26.
• t 1.80

  Ortchus in his map of mare Pacificum, af. firmeth that the people ofAmerica in likelihood were peopled from Europe by Gronland Ifland, Fri fland, &.
• u 1.81

  Io di Castel∣lanos.
• x 1.82

  Du Bartas Colonies. Morney. deverit. Christ. Relig. Botero vbi sup.
• y 1.83

  Act. 7.26.
• z 1.84

  Sir Humphrie Gilberts Discouerie of the North-west.
• a 1.85

  R. Vers••egans Antiquities.
• b 1.86

  F.G. histor. gener.parte ••. ca.13.
• c 1.87

  Columbus was borne at Cu∣gurco, or (as some say) at Nervi in the territory of Genua: he was a mariner frō a childe, and traded into Syria, and o∣ther parts of the East. After this he becam a master in making sea-cards: hee went to Portugall, to learn their nauigations on the coast of Africa, and there married. Gom. ca.14. R. Eden:
• d 1.88

  Hier. Benzo lib.1.ca.5.
• e 1.89

  Gaspar E••t libr. 1.ca.2. coniectureth, that Columbus (moued with his owne coniectures to this discouery) was confirmed further therein by this Pilote, which is said to die in his house.
• f 1.90

  F••rnand Colamb-••n vita patris Christo∣pho.i.cap.13.Hack. tom.3.
• g 1.91

  Gomara c.15
• h 1.92

  Libr. 7.c vlt.
• i 1.93

  Pct.••••••. dec.•••••• I
• k 1.94

  A Beazo l.ibr.1.ca.6.
• l 1.95

  Gaspar.Ens li.1.ca.2.
• m 1.96

  Columbi Na∣uigationes 1,2,3,4.
• n 1.97

  His true name was Co∣lon, which cor∣ruptly is cal∣led Columbus,
• * 1.98

  Prouerb.30.4
• q 1.99

  Bart.del••s Casas, Hispan. crudeht.
• r 1.100

  Historie of China pa 312. H. Benzo. l.t.c.8
• s 1.101

  The fort of The Natiuitie in Hispaniola.
• t 1.102

  Alexander a wicked Pope. Guicciard.lib. I. & he of whose daughter Lu∣cretia Pontanus writeth, that she was Alex∣andri Filia, Sponsa, Nuru•• abused by the incestuous lusts of the fa∣ther and his two sonnes, was Author of the Bull, whereby the Spaniards cha∣lenge the new World for theirs.
• u 1.103

  Gasp.En•• lib. 1.ca.5.
• x 1.104

  Vide libr. 5. ca.16.pag 452.
• y 1.105

  Nauigationes Vine. binzoni Nau.Alb Ve'p••••. Seb. Cab••••••. Vi∣de Hack. to.3.
• z 1.106

  A rule to know what beasts were here naturall (or to such they haue names in their owne Lan∣guage) and what transpor∣ted: for these the Indians call by their Span. names.
• a 1.107

  Acost.libr.••.c.21. & l 4 c.34
• b 1.108

  From Hispa∣niola were shipped Anno 1587. 35444 hide., & from new Spaine 64350.
• c 1.109

  Lib.4.ca.39. See Car. Clus. de exot. & O∣uied.gen. histor, & summer. G••sn.de Quadr.
• d 1.110

  P. Mart.de Insulis.
• e 1.111

  Ouied.sum∣mar.22.
• f 1.112

  Cataphractus equus.
• g 1.113

  Hul. Schmi∣del.ca.44. Anno Do.1548.
• h 1.114

  Aug Carate. hist.Peru libr.I.
• i 1.115

  And.Thevet. ca.41. Lerius nav.c.11
• k 1.116

  Natura in magnis magna, in minimis ma∣xima.
• l 1.117

  Car.Clus.Exot.libr.5.
• m 1.118

  Ouiedo sum∣mar. ca.48.
• n 1.119

  Lopes de Go∣mara bistor. Me∣xicana, or Con∣quest of the West Indies.
• o 1.120

  Acost.l.4.c.17
• p 1.121

  See Monar∣dus & Clusius. D. Lobel Gerard and other Herba. ••sts.
• q 1.122

  Th. Turner.
• r 1.123

  Acosta libr. 4.ca.24.
• s 1.124

  Spanish frui••s thriue well in one place or other of the Indies.
• t 1.125

  Botero Rel. part. prima li.4.
• u 1.126

  The Bal∣tike, Persian, Arabian, Cas∣pian seas, &c.
• a 1.127

  Discourse of Fro•• shirs voy∣ages by George Best. Voyage 3.
• b 1.128

  2.Cor.4.
• c 1.129

  The discoue∣ries of M. Nic. & Ant. Zeni ga∣thered out of their letters by Francisco Mar∣colino. They are related by M. Hakluyt in his 3.vol part.121.
• d 1.130

  Abrah. Ortel. Ch••rt. 6.Hak. vol.3. B••••ero Magi••us.
• * 1.131

  Ramus. in praesat. in 3.Vol.
• e 1.132

  Clem. Adams. Hak.•••• 3.p.1.6
• f 1.133

  P. M••rt Dec.3.l.6.
• g 1.134

  Codfish.
• h 1.135

  Rob. Fabian. ap.Hak.vbi sup.
• i 1.136

  S^r Hugh Wil∣loughby. R. Chancelor. Stephen Burrow. Pet, and lac. written by Hugh Smith, & all in Hak. to.1.
• k 1.137

  Osorius de reb. Eman l.2.
• l 1.138

  Corterealis, or Laborador, ex∣tendeth from 60. degrees to the Riuer of S. Lawrence. G. Bot.Ben.
• m 1.139

  Steph.Gomes.
• n 1.140

  Gaspar E••s, l.2.c.25 Hist.Ind.
• o 1.141

  S^r Mart. Frob.
• p 1.142

  Christ.Hall.Dionise Settle. The Ellis. George Best.
• * 1.143

  1576.
• q 1.144

  Queenes Foreland, and opposit there∣to Halls Isle, in 62. degrees, 50. min.
• r 1.145

  Gaspar. Ens, l.2.Hist. Ind. Occid. c. 26. affirmeth, that one Iohn Scolve a Polonian, this yeare 1576 sayled beyond Frisland and Groc••land, and thence, to Estorland and Labrador.
• f 1.146

  Such a horne was brought home two ... yeres since, found on shore in a desolate Island; & such an one was ta∣ken vp A. 1588. in the coast of Norfolke, and sold by an ig∣norant woman for 18. pence, which proued effectuall a∣gainst poisons, as I was told by M. ••ob. Sal∣mon of Leegh, who had a peece of it.
• t 1.147

  Frisland is in length 25. leagues: the Southerne part of it is in the latitude of 57. degrees, & one second. Thomas Wiars.
• u 1.148

  It seemeth they are of fresh waters, because the ice is fresh: and the Sunne mel∣ting the tops, causeth rills of fresh water to runne downe, which meeting together, make a prettie streame.
• x 1.149

  The Moone setteth not, nor the Sunne in the Polar regi∣ons; being in Cancer.
• y 1.150

  The voyage of Master Da∣uis, written by Iohn Iames. Hak.to.3 p.100.
• z 1.151

  Henry Mor∣gan.
• a 1.152

  Iohn Dauis in his Hydrogra∣phical descrip∣tion.
• b 1.153

  Hesselius Ge∣rardus.
• c 1.154

  As Borderers are most vnru∣ly and lawlesse, so in these out∣borders of the world, the power of Na∣tures greatest officers, the Sunne &c. is least seene.
• d 1.155

  These thing agree with the relations of those parts, which tell of Earth-quakes, breaking of cliffes, &c.
• e 1.156

  Boterus a zea∣lous and slan∣derous Catho∣like, vseth these disgracefull speeches of this Discouery. Ma pare, che lae Natura si sia opposta à gli he∣retici, è a disse∣gni loro. part. 1. lib. 5.
• a 1.157

  The Nor∣therne seas may be called frozen, in re∣spect o•• the icy Ilands, which by their fresh∣nesse manifest themselues to proceed of fresh waters: no experience yet shewing, nor reason cō∣uincing, that the Ocean (al∣way salt and mouing) is any where frozen: as my learned friend Master Brigges (a great Mathematitiā) also affirmeth.
• b 1.158

  Edw. Hoics. Hak to. 3 p. 152.
• c 1.159

  Gi. Bot. Ben.
• d 1.160

  Iaq. Car. lib. 2. cap. 11.
• e 1.161

  Other say two hundred.
• f 1.162

  Rob. Thorne in Master Hak∣luits Voyages, To. I. pag. 219.
• g 1.163

  Master Hall, Master Grafton.
• h 1.164

  Master Hore, 1530. Hak. tom. 3. pag. 129.
• i 1.165

  A. Parkhurst. Edw. Haies, S. G. Peckham. Step. Parmenius. Richard Clarke. Christoph. Cartile.
• k 1.166

  Thom. lames.
• * 1.167

  Charies Leigh.
• l 1.168

  Iaq. Cart. 1.
• m 1.169

  In an houre they might haue filled thirtie boats of Margaulx or Penguins: and might haue la∣den all their shippes with them, without any misse.
• n 1.170

  Siluest Wyet.
• o 1.171

  Botero part I. lib. 5.
• p 1.172

  Iaq. Cart. 1.
• q 1.173

  Iaq. Car. 2.
• r 1.174

  He wintered this time in the Countrey.
• s 1.175

  Iaq. Car. 3.
• t 1.176

  Iaq. Car. 2. Cap, 10.
• u 1.177

  M. Franci•• Roberual.
• x 1.178

  Iohn Alph••use of Xanctoigne. Hakluit tom. 3.
• y 1.179

  M. Champlcin in N••••a Fran∣cia. lib. 2. cay 5.
• z 1.180

  The answere of a Sagamos in cases of Reli∣gion.
• a 1.181

  This some∣what agreeth with the Ma∣nichean and Pythagorcan errour.
• * 1.182

  Sagamos sig∣nifieth a King, or Ruler.
• * 1.183

  Ol. Mag.l.16. cap.51.
• a 1.184

  Hak. voiag. tom.3. pag.246. & d. Gaspar. Eus. hist. Ind. oc.l.3.c.23. Theodor. de Bry.
• b 1.185

  Briefe Note of a Barke, &c. printed 1602.
• c 1.186

  Iohn Brere∣ton.
• d 1.187

  Iames Rosier.
• e 1.188

  Relat. Cap. Smith. M.S. & W.S. M.S.
• * 1.189

  New life of Virginia.
• g 1.190

  Man Script. W.••.ex. lit. maol. torum.
• h 1.191

  Lord de la Warre.
• i 1.192

  Nat. Com. Mytholog.l.4.c.6
• k 1.193

  Relation to the Councell of Virginia by the Lord de la Warre. 1611.
• l 1.194

  Sir Thomas Dales letter to the Cōmitties.
• m 1.195

  Hak.vol.3. p.267. Theod.de Bry. 1.part.Americae.
• n 1.196

  Cap.Smith.M.S.
• o 1.197

  Tho Hariot.
• a 1.198

  Tho. Hariot. Hak.10.3.p.277.
• b 1.199

  Wiroance is a chiefe Lord, or petty King, which somtime hath but one Towne: and none that we had dealing with, had a∣boue eigh∣teene Townes vnder him.
• c 1.200

  Tho.de Bry. in Pictur.
• d 1.201

  First voiage to Virginia. Hak.tom.3.249.
• e 1.202

  M. Ralph Lane Hak.tom.3.261.
• f 1.203

  Iames Rosiers
• g 1.204

  Theod. de Bry Icone 17.18. & seq.
• h 1.205

  Newes from Virginia and a M.S. of Cap. Smith.
• i 1.206

  Their Ratles are of Gourds or Pompion rindes: of which they haue their tre∣ble, tenor, base, &c.
• k 1.207

  M.S. by W.S.
• l 1.208

  Cap.Smith.Man.S.
• m 1.209

  Pocones is a small Roote which dried & beat into poul∣der turneth red: they vse it for swellings, aches, & pain∣ting.
• n 1.210

  In that ex∣tremitie of mi∣sery which ours since sustained, I haue been told that both the sauages and fugitiues would obiect our want and their plenty, for theirs, and against our Religion.
• o 1.211

  M.S. by W.S. collected out of the writing of T.S.A.T.W.R.N.P.W.P.R.W.R.P.&c.
• p 1.212

  Cap. Argoles boy his name was Henry Spilman.
• q 1.213

  Cap. Smith.M.S.
• a 1.214

  Florida with i. long. Ortel. Theat.
• * 1.215

  Exped.in Flor.ap.T.de Bry.
• b 1.216

  Gomara hist. gen.e.45.
• c 1.217

  Gomera & Caluetō.
• * 1.218

  Benzo.l.2.
• d 1.219

  This expedi∣tion of Soto is, by Maister Hakluit, let forth in Eng∣lish, being writ∣ten by a Por∣tugall gentle∣man of Eluas, emploied ther∣in.l•• was. Anno.1538.
• e 1.220

  Iohn de Ver∣razano.ap.Hak.to.3.
• f 1.221

  Of his life there is a spe∣ciall booke.
• g 1.222

  Rene Laud. •••• Hak.
• * 1.223

  He was relie∣ued by Sir Iohn Houkins great bounty
• h 1.224

  Laudon.ap.Hak.
• i 1.225

  Iaques Mor∣gues.ap •••••• de Bry Amer.parte 2.
• k 1.226

  Nic. Challusius Diepensised tus Latine per Cal∣••••etonem.
• l 1.227

  Supplicatio ap. Caluct. & apud Theod de Bry.
• m 1.228

  Dom.de Gor∣gues.ap Hak.to.3
• n 1.229

  Cabcz.de vaca ap.Hak.in Lp. Dedic. in his Virginia richly valued.
• o 1.230

  Gaspar.Ens l.3 Botero parte 1.l.5.
• p 1.231

  America parte 2.de Bry.
• q 1.232

  Laudonniere.
• r 1.233

  Morgues Icon.18 19.
• s 1.234

  Icon.8.
• t 1.235

  Icon.11.
• u 1.236

  Icon.12.
• x 1.237

  Icon.14.
• y 1.238

  Auarus, Ma∣lus omnibus, sibi pessimus. Seneca.
• z 1.239

  Icon.16.
• a 1.240

  N. Chalus.c.3.
• * 1.241

  Ic.2.8.
• b 1.242

  Laudon. saith two hundred and fiftie, but he saw them not himselfe as this our author did: this man gaue two Ea∣gles to the French.
• c 1.243

  Morgues Icon.34.
• d 1.244

  Icon.35.
• e 1.245

  R. Laudonn.
• f 1.246

  T••ese 3.are lawas, which are Priests, Ma∣gicians, and Physicians.
• g 1.247

  Ortel.Theat.
• h 1.248

  Challus. exped. in Florid.c.3.
• i 1.249

  Botero Rel. part.1.lib.5.
• k 1.250

  Gasp.Ens.l.3
• l 1.251

  Discouerie of Florida and Virginia richly valewed.
• m 1.252

  Benzo libr.2.
• n 1.253

  Loudon. was tolde this of certaine Spa∣niards which liued in those parts.
• o 1.254

  Dauid In∣gram ap. Hack. te.3.Edit.1.
• a 1.255

  In his letter to the Empe∣rour ••p. Hack. to.3.
• b 1.256

  Marco de Nisa his rela∣tion.
• c 1.257

  F. Vasquez his relation.
• d 1.258

  F.Lop.c. 212. 213. & 214.
• e 1.259

  Oxen of Quivira.
• f 1.260

  Taking of Tiguez.
• g 1.261

  Ouid.Meta∣morph.libr.2.
• h 1.262

  Magellanes victorie (so was his ship cal∣led) had won this victorie, but lost his Generall.
• i 1.263

  Sir Francis Drake. Hack. l0.3.
• k 1.264

  Nova Albion.
• l 1.265

  History of China by Fr. Iuan Gonsalez de Mendosa.
• m 1.266

  An.de Espeio Nouemb.1512
• n 1.267

  New Mex∣ico.
• o 1.268

  Fran. Vlloa apud Ramus. & Hack. vol.3.
• p 1.269

  Fer. Alarchon
• q 1.270

  Sodomites.
• r 1.271

  Linschoten also in his third booke largely trea∣teth of the course of these and other Na∣uigations.
• a 1.272

  The Spani∣ards call all that the South sea, which is on the other∣side of Ameri∣ca.
• b 1.273

  Gomara: the first part of the Conquest of the West In∣dies, translated into English by T. Nicolas.
• c 1.274

  A Castlin is seuen shillings and six pence, as The. Nicolas the Translator saith.
• d 1.275

  Of this Voy∣age, Reade P. Martyrs fourth Decade: and Gomara part. I. and of all which followes in this Chap∣ter.
• * 1.276

  P. Mart. Dec. 5. Gom. ubisupra, and Cortes his owne letters to the Empe∣rour.
• a 1.277

  Botero, part. ••••.
• a 1.278

  Ies Acosta, l.7. Lop de Gom part. 1.
• b 1.279

  Nauatalcas signifieth well∣speakers.
• c 1.280

  Mexico and Mexicans.
• d 1.281

  Mexico Te∣noxtiltan.
• e 1.282

  Many of these Orations are expressed in Acosta's se∣uenth booke at large, full of wittie inuenti∣ons and Rhe∣toricall flou∣rishes.
• f 1.283

  Lop de Gom. part.I.
• g 1.284

  Lib. 7. c.20.
• h 1.285

  R. Tompson ap. Hak.
• i 1.286

  H. Haukss dp. Hak. lab. Hortop.
• k 1.287

  Miles Philips.
• l 1.288

  Iohn Chilton.
• m 1.289

  Roters.
• n 1.290

  Gasp.••••.l.2
• o 1.291

  Ortel. Theat.
• a 1.292

  Naturall & morall Hist. of the Indies. lib.5. cap.3.
• b 1.293

  Hernando Cortes. Acost. l. 5.c.9.
• c 1.294

  Gemor part 1 calls him the God of Pro∣uidence.
• d 1.295

  Cholula.
• e 1.296

  Gomara part. 1.
• f 1.297

  Lop. de Gom. part.1.
• g 1.298

  They had their Venus, & their Bacchus, and Mars, and other such Dei∣ties in Mexican appellations, as the Heathen Greekes and Romans, as after shall ap∣peare.
• h 1.299

  Acosta. 15.
• i 1.300

  So (some say) from the like practise of the Ancients Vi∣cti••a was so called, & bustia quasi a victe, & ab boste
• i 1.301

  Gomara saith, that the anci∣ent persons, & sometimes the King himselfe, would put on this skinne, be∣ing of a princi∣pall Captiue.
• * 1.302

  Ioh.3.44,
• k 1.303

  Lop.de Com. part.1.
• l 1.304

  Acost.l.5.c.27
• m 1.305

  Gom.pa.398
• a 1.306

  Acost. I.5.c.13
• b 1.307

  Gomara saith that the fourth was not a cau∣sey, but a street of the Citie.
• c 1.308

  Gomar.part.1
• d 1.309

  Pet.Mart. Dec.5.l.4. saith that in largeness•• the situation of this Temple is matchable with a Towne of fiue hun∣dred houses.
• c 1.310

  Acost.l.5.c.13
• f 1.311

  Lop. Gom. part.1.
• g 1.312

  Acost. l.5. cap.15.
• h 1.313

  Mexican Vota∣ries, no lesse strict in that threefold cord which the Popish Votaries glorie of; Pouertie, Cō∣tinencie, Obe∣dience, with o∣ther will-wor∣ship: yea, for the time, more austere.
• * 1.314

  Tobacco.
• i 1.315

  I.op. de Gom. part.1. pag.396.
• k 1.316

  Ios.Acost.l.5 cap.14.
• l 1.317

  Acost.l.5.c.26
• m 1.318

  Their wit∣ches.
• n 1.319

  Their rites vnto infants.
• o 1.320

  Their mar∣riages
• p 1.321

  Gomara.part. 1 pag 389.
• q 1.322

  Acost.li. 5.c.8.
• r 1.323

  The Mexicās honoured the best souldiers with a kinde of knighthood, of which were three Orders: one ware a red riband, which was the chief, the second was the Lion or ty∣ger knight: the grey Knight was the mea∣nest: they had great priviled∣ges. Acost. libr. 6 ca.26.
• s 1.324

  Lop.de.Gom. part, 1.pag. 383.
• a 1.325

  Acost. l.6.c.2.
• b 1.326

  Gom. p.317.
• e 1.327

  Acost.l.••. c.24.
• d 1.328

  The New Catholikes of old Spaine, and old Caco∣likes of New Spaine: like in Supersti∣tion.
• c 1.329

  Ac.l.5.c.2.
• f 1.330

  Mexican Iubilee.
• g 1.331

  Their Re∣liques.
• h 1.332

  The Mexi∣cans Lent begunne not with ••thes, but with dust.
• i 1.333

  Gomara wri∣teth otherwise as followeth in the end of this Chapter.
• k 1.334

  Their blou∣dy processions
• l 1.335

  p.Mart.Dec.5
• m 1.336

  Acost.l.6.c.7.
• n 1.337

  P.Mart.Dec.5.l.4.
• o 1.338

  Acost.l.6.c.9
• p 1.339

  c.7.
• q 1.340

  Gomara.part 1.pag.3.69.
• r 1.341

  p.Mart.Dec.4.l.8.
• s 1.342

  Gomara vbi sup.
• t 1.343

  Gom.pag.38••.
• u 1.344

  Acost. l.7.c.••.
• a 1.345

  Lop.de Gom. part 1.pa.10.& gen. hist.c.52.
• b 1.346

  P.Mart. Dec. 4.1.
• c 1.347

  This towne was taken by Master William Parker. Anno 1596.
• d 1.348

  Gomar.gen. hist.ca.54.
• e 1.349

  Goma part.1. pag.36.
• f 1.350

  M. Benzo libr.2.ca.15.
• g 1.351

  Botero libr. 5 part. 1. Guatimala or Saint Iames.
• h 1.352

  Benzo and Gomara say Sept 8. 1541.
• i 1.353

  Gas.En.libr. 3.ca.6.
• k 1.354

  H. Benzo libr. 2 ca.16. Gomar.bis••er. gen.ca.209.
• l 1.355

  Benzo libr. 2. ca.15.
• m 1.356

  Chap.16.
• n 1.357

  Gom gen. bistor.ca.20.
• o 1.358

  P.M.Dec.6. libr.4.
• p 1.359

  Gom.ca.206.
• q 1.360

  Pet Mart. dec.6.lib.6. & 7.
• r 1.361

  Pet.Mart.Dec.6.
• s 1.362

  Botero.
• t 1.363

  Benzo libr. 2.ca.14. Gamara part.2. ca.32.
• u 1.364

  Pet.Mart. Dec.3.libr.8.
• x 1.365

  Benzo libr. ••.ca.23.
• y 1.366

  Prt.Mart: Dec.2.libr.10.
• * 1.367

  Seuen shil∣lings and six pedce.